* gdb.texinfo (Ada Tasks): Remove the documentation about
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6
7 This file is part of GDB.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21
22 #include "defs.h"
23 #include <ctype.h>
24 #include "hashtab.h"
25 #include "symtab.h"
26 #include "frame.h"
27 #include "breakpoint.h"
28 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "gdbtypes.h"
30 #include "expression.h"
31 #include "gdbcore.h"
32 #include "gdbcmd.h"
33 #include "value.h"
34 #include "command.h"
35 #include "inferior.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
37 #include "target.h"
38 #include "language.h"
39 #include "gdb_string.h"
40 #include "demangle.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "wrapper.h"
60 #include "valprint.h"
61
62 /* readline include files */
63 #include "readline/readline.h"
64 #include "readline/history.h"
65
66 /* readline defines this. */
67 #undef savestring
68
69 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
70
71 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
72 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
73 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
74
75 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
76
77 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
78
79 static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
80
81 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
82
83 static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
84
85 static void disable_command (char *, int);
86
87 static void enable_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint *));
90
91 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
92
93 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
94
95 static void clear_command (char *, int);
96
97 static void catch_command (char *, int);
98
99 static void watch_command (char *, int);
100
101 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
102
103 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
104
105 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
106
107 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line, enum bptype);
108
109 static void check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *);
110
111 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
112
113 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
114 enum bptype bptype);
115
116 static void describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR, struct obj_section *, int);
117
118 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
119
120 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
121
122 static bpstat bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *, bpstat);
123
124 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
125
126 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
127
128 static void commands_command (char *, int);
129
130 static void condition_command (char *, int);
131
132 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
133
134 void set_breakpoint_count (int);
135
136 typedef enum
137 {
138 mark_inserted,
139 mark_uninserted
140 }
141 insertion_state_t;
142
143 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
144
145 static enum print_stop_action print_it_typical (bpstat);
146
147 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
148
149 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
150
151 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
152
153 static void create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *);
154
155 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
156
157 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *);
158
159 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
160
161 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
162
163 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
164
165 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
166
167 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
168
169 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
170
171 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
172
173 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
174
175 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
176
177 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
178
179 static char *ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg);
180
181 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
182 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
183
184 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
185
186 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s);
187
188 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc);
189
190 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
191
192 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
193
194 static void update_global_location_list (int);
195
196 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
197
198 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt);
199
200 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
201
202 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
203
204 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
205
206 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
207
208 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
209
210 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
211
212 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
213 current breakpoint. */
214
215 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
216
217 static const char *
218 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
219 {
220 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
221 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
222 static char *bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
223 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
224 }
225
226 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
227 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
228 if such is available. */
229 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
230
231 static void
232 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
233 struct cmd_list_element *c,
234 const char *value)
235 {
236 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
237 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
238 value);
239 }
240
241 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
242 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
243 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
244 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
245 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
246 static void
247 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
248 struct cmd_list_element *c,
249 const char *value)
250 {
251 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
252 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
253 value);
254 }
255
256 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
257 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
258 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
259 use hardware breakpoints. */
260 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
261 static void
262 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
263 struct cmd_list_element *c,
264 const char *value)
265 {
266 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
267 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
268 value);
269 }
270
271 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
272 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
273 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
274 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
275 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
276
277 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
278 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
279 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
280 static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = {
281 always_inserted_auto,
282 always_inserted_off,
283 always_inserted_on,
284 NULL
285 };
286 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
287 static void
288 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
289 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
290 {
291 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
292 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
293 Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
294 value,
295 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
296 else
297 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value);
298 }
299
300 int
301 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
302 {
303 return (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
304 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop));
305 }
306
307 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
308
309 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
310 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
311
312 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
313 static int overlay_events_enabled;
314
315 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
316 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
317 breakpoint. */
318
319 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
320
321 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
322 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
323 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
324 B = TMP)
325
326 /* Similar iterators for the low-level breakpoints. */
327
328 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B) for (B = bp_location_chain; B; B = B->global_next)
329
330 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
331 for (B = bp_location_chain; \
332 B ? (TMP=B->global_next, 1): 0; \
333 B = TMP)
334
335 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
336
337 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
338 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
339 if ((B)->type == bp_tracepoint)
340
341 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
342
343 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
344
345 struct bp_location *bp_location_chain;
346
347 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint,
348 unlinked from bp_location_chain, but for which a hit
349 may still be reported by a target. */
350 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
351
352 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
353
354 int breakpoint_count;
355
356 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
357
358 int tracepoint_count;
359
360 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
361 static int
362 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
363 {
364 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
365 }
366
367 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
368
369 void
370 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
371 {
372 breakpoint_count = num;
373 set_internalvar (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"),
374 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int32, (LONGEST) num));
375 }
376
377 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
378
379 void
380 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
381 {
382 struct breakpoint *b;
383
384 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
385 b->hit_count = 0;
386 }
387
388 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
389 for "break" command with no arg.
390 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
391 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
392
393 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
394
395 int default_breakpoint_valid;
396 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address;
397 struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab;
398 int default_breakpoint_line;
399 \f
400 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
401 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
402
403 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
404 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
405 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
406
407 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
408
409 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
410 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
411 static int
412 get_number_trailer (char **pp, int trailer)
413 {
414 int retval = 0; /* default */
415 char *p = *pp;
416
417 if (p == NULL)
418 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
419 return breakpoint_count;
420 else if (*p == '$')
421 {
422 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
423 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
424 char *varname;
425 char *start = ++p;
426 struct value *val;
427
428 while (isalnum (*p) || *p == '_')
429 p++;
430 varname = (char *) alloca (p - start + 1);
431 strncpy (varname, start, p - start);
432 varname[p - start] = '\0';
433 val = value_of_internalvar (lookup_internalvar (varname));
434 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (val)) == TYPE_CODE_INT)
435 retval = (int) value_as_long (val);
436 else
437 {
438 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
439 retval = 0;
440 }
441 }
442 else
443 {
444 if (*p == '-')
445 ++p;
446 while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
447 ++p;
448 if (p == *pp)
449 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
450 {
451 /* Skip non-numeric token */
452 while (*p && !isspace((int) *p))
453 ++p;
454 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
455 retval = 0;
456 }
457 else
458 retval = atoi (*pp);
459 }
460 if (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
461 {
462 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
463 while (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
464 ++p;
465 retval = 0;
466 }
467 while (isspace (*p))
468 p++;
469 *pp = p;
470 return retval;
471 }
472
473
474 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
475 int
476 get_number (char **pp)
477 {
478 return get_number_trailer (pp, '\0');
479 }
480
481 /* Parse a number or a range.
482 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
483 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
484 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
485 * inclusive.
486 *
487 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
488 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
489 *
490 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
491 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
492 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
493 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
494 * pointer PP past <number2>.
495 */
496
497 int
498 get_number_or_range (char **pp)
499 {
500 static int last_retval, end_value;
501 static char *end_ptr;
502 static int in_range = 0;
503
504 if (**pp != '-')
505 {
506 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
507 or to the first number of a range. */
508 last_retval = get_number_trailer (pp, '-');
509 if (**pp == '-')
510 {
511 char **temp;
512
513 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
514 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
515 and also remember the end of the final token. */
516
517 temp = &end_ptr;
518 end_ptr = *pp + 1;
519 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr))
520 end_ptr++; /* skip white space */
521 end_value = get_number (temp);
522 if (end_value < last_retval)
523 {
524 error (_("inverted range"));
525 }
526 else if (end_value == last_retval)
527 {
528 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
529 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
530 single number. */
531 *pp = end_ptr;
532 }
533 else
534 in_range = 1;
535 }
536 }
537 else if (! in_range)
538 error (_("negative value"));
539 else
540 {
541 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
542 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
543 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
544 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
545 is reached. */
546
547 if (++last_retval == end_value)
548 {
549 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
550 *pp = end_ptr;
551 in_range = 0;
552 }
553 }
554 return last_retval;
555 }
556
557
558 \f
559 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
560
561 static void
562 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
563 {
564 struct breakpoint *b;
565 char *p;
566 int bnum;
567
568 if (arg == 0)
569 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
570
571 p = arg;
572 bnum = get_number (&p);
573 if (bnum == 0)
574 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
575
576 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
577 if (b->number == bnum)
578 {
579 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
580 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
581 {
582 if (loc->cond)
583 {
584 xfree (loc->cond);
585 loc->cond = 0;
586 }
587 }
588 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
589 xfree (b->cond_string);
590
591 if (*p == 0)
592 {
593 b->cond_string = NULL;
594 if (from_tty)
595 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum);
596 }
597 else
598 {
599 arg = p;
600 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
601 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
602 b->cond_string = savestring (arg, strlen (arg));
603 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
604 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
605 {
606 arg = p;
607 loc->cond =
608 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
609 if (*arg)
610 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
611 }
612 }
613 breakpoints_changed ();
614 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
615 return;
616 }
617
618 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
619 }
620
621 static void
622 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
623 {
624 struct breakpoint *b;
625 char *p;
626 int bnum;
627 struct command_line *l;
628
629 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
630 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
631 being read from. */
632
633 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
634 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
635
636 p = arg;
637 bnum = get_number (&p);
638
639 if (p && *p)
640 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
641
642 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
643 if (b->number == bnum)
644 {
645 char *tmpbuf = xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
646 bnum);
647 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, tmpbuf);
648 l = read_command_lines (tmpbuf, from_tty, 1);
649 do_cleanups (cleanups);
650 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
651 b->commands = l;
652 breakpoints_changed ();
653 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
654 return;
655 }
656 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
657 }
658
659 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
660 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
661
662 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
663 that are part of if and while bodies. */
664 enum command_control_type
665 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
666 {
667 struct breakpoint *b;
668 char *p;
669 int bnum;
670
671 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
672 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
673 being read from. */
674
675 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
676 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
677
678 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
679 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
680 if (arg && !*arg)
681 p = NULL;
682 else
683 p = arg;
684 bnum = get_number (&p);
685
686 if (p && *p)
687 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
688
689 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
690 if (b->number == bnum)
691 {
692 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
693 if (cmd->body_count != 1)
694 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
695 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
696 list after it finishes execution. */
697 b->commands = copy_command_lines (cmd->body_list[0]);
698 breakpoints_changed ();
699 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
700 return simple_control;
701 }
702 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
703 }
704 \f
705 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
706 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents. */
707
708 void
709 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte *buf, ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
710 {
711 struct bp_location *b;
712 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
713 int bp_size = 0;
714 int bptoffset = 0;
715
716 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
717 {
718 if (b->owner->type == bp_none)
719 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
720 b->owner->number);
721
722 if (b->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
723 continue;
724 if (!b->inserted)
725 continue;
726 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
727 we need to copy. */
728 bp_addr = b->target_info.placed_address;
729 bp_size = b->target_info.shadow_len;
730 if (bp_size == 0)
731 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
732 continue;
733
734 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
735 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
736 are reading. */
737 continue;
738
739 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
740 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
741 reading. */
742 continue;
743
744 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
745 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
746 {
747 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
748 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
749 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
750 bp_addr = memaddr;
751 }
752
753 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
754 {
755 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
756 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
757 }
758
759 memcpy (buf + bp_addr - memaddr,
760 b->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
761 }
762 }
763 \f
764
765 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
766 static void
767 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out *uo, void *args)
768 {
769 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) args;
770 int val = -1;
771
772 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_catchpoint);
773 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->insert != NULL);
774
775 b->ops->insert (b);
776 }
777
778 static int
779 is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
780 {
781 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
782 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
783 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
784 }
785
786 /* Find the current value of a watchpoint on EXP. Return the value in
787 *VALP and *RESULTP and the chain of intermediate and final values
788 in *VAL_CHAIN. RESULTP and VAL_CHAIN may be NULL if the caller does
789 not need them.
790
791 If a memory error occurs while evaluating the expression, *RESULTP will
792 be set to NULL. *RESULTP may be a lazy value, if the result could
793 not be read from memory. It is used to determine whether a value
794 is user-specified (we should watch the whole value) or intermediate
795 (we should watch only the bit used to locate the final value).
796
797 If the final value, or any intermediate value, could not be read
798 from memory, *VALP will be set to NULL. *VAL_CHAIN will still be
799 set to any referenced values. *VALP will never be a lazy value.
800 This is the value which we store in struct breakpoint.
801
802 If VAL_CHAIN is non-NULL, *VAL_CHAIN will be released from the
803 value chain. The caller must free the values individually. If
804 VAL_CHAIN is NULL, all generated values will be left on the value
805 chain. */
806
807 static void
808 fetch_watchpoint_value (struct expression *exp, struct value **valp,
809 struct value **resultp, struct value **val_chain)
810 {
811 struct value *mark, *new_mark, *result;
812 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
813
814 *valp = NULL;
815 if (resultp)
816 *resultp = NULL;
817 if (val_chain)
818 *val_chain = NULL;
819
820 /* Evaluate the expression. */
821 mark = value_mark ();
822 result = NULL;
823
824 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
825 {
826 result = evaluate_expression (exp);
827 }
828 if (ex.reason < 0)
829 {
830 /* Ignore memory errors, we want watchpoints pointing at
831 inaccessible memory to still be created; otherwise, throw the
832 error to some higher catcher. */
833 switch (ex.error)
834 {
835 case MEMORY_ERROR:
836 break;
837 default:
838 throw_exception (ex);
839 break;
840 }
841 }
842
843 new_mark = value_mark ();
844 if (mark == new_mark)
845 return;
846 if (resultp)
847 *resultp = result;
848
849 /* Make sure it's not lazy, so that after the target stops again we
850 have a non-lazy previous value to compare with. */
851 if (result != NULL
852 && (!value_lazy (result) || gdb_value_fetch_lazy (result)))
853 *valp = result;
854
855 if (val_chain)
856 {
857 /* Return the chain of intermediate values. We use this to
858 decide which addresses to watch. */
859 *val_chain = new_mark;
860 value_release_to_mark (mark);
861 }
862 }
863
864 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
865 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
866 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
867 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
868 in b->loc->cond.
869 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
870
871 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do nothing.
872 If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it. */
873 static void
874 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, int reparse)
875 {
876 int within_current_scope;
877 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
878 struct bp_location *loc;
879 bpstat bs;
880
881 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in bp_location_chain and
882 update_global_locations will eventually delete them and remove
883 breakpoints if needed. */
884 b->loc = NULL;
885
886 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
887 return;
888
889 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
890 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
891 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
892 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
893 selected frame. */
894 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
895
896 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
897 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
898 within_current_scope = 1;
899 else
900 {
901 struct frame_info *fi;
902 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
903 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
904 if (within_current_scope)
905 select_frame (fi);
906 }
907
908 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
909 {
910 char *s;
911 if (b->exp)
912 {
913 xfree (b->exp);
914 b->exp = NULL;
915 }
916 s = b->exp_string;
917 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
918 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
919 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
920 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
921 be completely different objects. */
922 value_free (b->val);
923 b->val = NULL;
924 b->val_valid = 0;
925 }
926
927 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
928 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
929 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
930 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
931 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
932 if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
933 {
934 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
935
936 fetch_watchpoint_value (b->exp, &v, &result, &val_chain);
937
938 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
939 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
940 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
941 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
942 if (!b->val_valid)
943 {
944 b->val = v;
945 b->val_valid = 1;
946 }
947
948 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or an
949 ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support and free
950 hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior is started. */
951 if ((b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
952 && reparse)
953 {
954 int i, mem_cnt, other_type_used;
955
956 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_hardware_watchpoint,
957 &other_type_used);
958 mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
959
960 if (!mem_cnt)
961 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
962 else
963 {
964 int target_resources_ok = TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
965 (bp_hardware_watchpoint, i + mem_cnt, other_type_used);
966 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
967 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
968 else
969 b->type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
970 }
971 }
972
973 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
974 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
975 {
976 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
977 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
978 must watch it. If the first value returned is
979 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
980 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
981 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
982 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
983 {
984 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
985
986 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
987 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
988 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
989 if (v == result
990 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
991 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
992 {
993 CORE_ADDR addr;
994 int len, type;
995 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
996
997 addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
998 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
999 type = hw_write;
1000 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1001 type = hw_read;
1002 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1003 type = hw_access;
1004
1005 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1006 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1007 ;
1008 *tmp = loc;
1009 loc->address = addr;
1010 loc->length = len;
1011 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1012 }
1013 }
1014
1015 next = value_next (v);
1016 if (v != b->val)
1017 value_free (v);
1018 }
1019
1020 /* We just regenerated the list of breakpoint locations.
1021 The new location does not have its condition field set to anything
1022 and therefore, we must always reparse the cond_string, independently
1023 of the value of the reparse flag. */
1024 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
1025 {
1026 char *s = b->cond_string;
1027 b->loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1028 }
1029 }
1030 else if (!within_current_scope)
1031 {
1032 printf_filtered (_("\
1033 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1034 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1035 b->number);
1036 if (b->related_breakpoint)
1037 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1038 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1039 }
1040
1041 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1042 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1043 }
1044
1045
1046 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1047 inserted in the inferior. */
1048 static int
1049 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bpt)
1050 {
1051 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner))
1052 return 0;
1053
1054 if (bpt->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1055 return 0;
1056
1057 if (!bpt->enabled || bpt->shlib_disabled || bpt->duplicate)
1058 return 0;
1059
1060 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1061 not by us. */
1062 if (bpt->owner->type == bp_tracepoint)
1063 return 0;
1064
1065 return 1;
1066 }
1067
1068 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1069 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1070 and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1071
1072 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1073 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1074 static int
1075 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bpt,
1076 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1077 int *disabled_breaks,
1078 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1079 {
1080 int val = 0;
1081
1082 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt) || bpt->inserted)
1083 return 0;
1084
1085 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1086 memset (&bpt->target_info, 0, sizeof (bpt->target_info));
1087 bpt->target_info.placed_address = bpt->address;
1088
1089 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1090 || bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1091 {
1092 if (bpt->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1093 {
1094 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1095 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1096 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1097 Two important cases are:
1098 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1099 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1100 hardware breakpoint.
1101 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1102 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1103 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1104
1105 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1106 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1107 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1108 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1109 struct mem_region *mr
1110 = lookup_mem_region (bpt->target_info.placed_address);
1111
1112 if (mr)
1113 {
1114 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1115 {
1116 int changed = 0;
1117 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1118
1119 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1120 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1121 else
1122 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1123
1124 if (new_type != bpt->loc_type)
1125 {
1126 static int said = 0;
1127 bpt->loc_type = new_type;
1128 if (!said)
1129 {
1130 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout, _("\
1131 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1132 said = 1;
1133 }
1134 }
1135 }
1136 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1137 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1138 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1139 paddr (bpt->address));
1140 }
1141 }
1142
1143 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1144 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1145 || bpt->section == NULL
1146 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt->section)))
1147 {
1148 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1149
1150 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1151 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1152 else
1153 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1154 }
1155 else
1156 {
1157 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1158 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1159 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1160 {
1161 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1162 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1163 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1164 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1165 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1166 bpt->owner->number);
1167 else
1168 {
1169 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bpt->address,
1170 bpt->section);
1171 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1172 bpt->overlay_target_info = bpt->target_info;
1173 bpt->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1174 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->overlay_target_info);
1175 if (val != 0)
1176 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1177 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?\n",
1178 bpt->owner->number);
1179 }
1180 }
1181 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1182 if (section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1183 {
1184 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1185 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1186 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1187 else
1188 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1189 }
1190 else
1191 {
1192 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1193 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1194 return 0;
1195 }
1196 }
1197
1198 if (val)
1199 {
1200 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1201 if (solib_name_from_address (bpt->address))
1202 {
1203 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1204 val = 0;
1205 bpt->shlib_disabled = 1;
1206 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1207 {
1208 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1209 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1210 bpt->owner->number);
1211 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1212 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1213 }
1214 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1215 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1216 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt->owner->number);
1217 }
1218 else
1219 {
1220 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1221 {
1222 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1223 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1224 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1225 bpt->owner->number);
1226 }
1227 else
1228 {
1229 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1230 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1231 bpt->owner->number);
1232 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1233 "Error accessing memory address ");
1234 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt->address), tmp_error_stream);
1235 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1236 safe_strerror (val));
1237 }
1238
1239 }
1240 }
1241 else
1242 bpt->inserted = 1;
1243
1244 return val;
1245 }
1246
1247 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1248 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1249 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1250 && bpt->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1251 {
1252 val = target_insert_watchpoint (bpt->address,
1253 bpt->length,
1254 bpt->watchpoint_type);
1255 bpt->inserted = (val != -1);
1256 }
1257
1258 else if (bpt->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1259 {
1260 struct gdb_exception e = catch_exception (uiout, insert_catchpoint,
1261 bpt->owner, RETURN_MASK_ERROR);
1262 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1263 bpt->owner->number);
1264 if (e.reason < 0)
1265 bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1266 else
1267 bpt->inserted = 1;
1268
1269 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1270 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1271 so just return success. */
1272 return 0;
1273 }
1274
1275 return 0;
1276 }
1277
1278 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1279 Throws exception on any error.
1280 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1281 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1282 void
1283 insert_breakpoints (void)
1284 {
1285 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1286
1287 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1288 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1289 update_watchpoint (bpt, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1290
1291 update_global_location_list (1);
1292
1293 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
1294 && (target_has_execution
1295 || (gdbarch_has_global_solist (target_gdbarch)
1296 && target_supports_multi_process ())))
1297 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints
1298 when always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly
1299 insert them now. */
1300 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1301 }
1302
1303 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1304 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1305 Both return zero if successful,
1306 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1307
1308 static void
1309 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1310 {
1311 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1312 struct bp_location *b, *temp;
1313 int error = 0;
1314 int val = 0;
1315 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1316 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1317
1318 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1319 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1320
1321 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1322 there was an error. */
1323 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1324
1325 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE (b, temp)
1326 {
1327 if (!should_be_inserted (b) || b->inserted)
1328 continue;
1329
1330 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1331 thread no longer exists. */
1332 if (b->owner->thread != -1
1333 && !valid_thread_id (b->owner->thread))
1334 continue;
1335
1336 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1337 &disabled_breaks,
1338 &hw_breakpoint_error);
1339 if (val)
1340 error = val;
1341 }
1342
1343 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1344 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1345 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1346 {
1347 int some_failed = 0;
1348 struct bp_location *loc;
1349
1350 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1351 continue;
1352
1353 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
1354 continue;
1355
1356 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1357 continue;
1358
1359 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1360 if (!loc->inserted)
1361 {
1362 some_failed = 1;
1363 break;
1364 }
1365 if (some_failed)
1366 {
1367 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1368 if (loc->inserted)
1369 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
1370
1371 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1372 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1373 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1374 bpt->number);
1375 error = -1;
1376 }
1377 }
1378
1379 if (error)
1380 {
1381 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1382 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1383 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
1384 {
1385 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1386 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1387 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1388 }
1389 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1390 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
1391 }
1392
1393 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1394 }
1395
1396 int
1397 remove_breakpoints (void)
1398 {
1399 struct bp_location *b;
1400 int val;
1401
1402 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1403 {
1404 if (b->inserted)
1405 {
1406 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1407 if (val != 0)
1408 return val;
1409 }
1410 }
1411 return 0;
1412 }
1413
1414 int
1415 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1416 {
1417 struct bp_location *b;
1418 int val;
1419
1420 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1421 {
1422 if (b->inserted && b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1423 {
1424 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1425 if (val != 0)
1426 return val;
1427 }
1428 }
1429 return 0;
1430 }
1431
1432 int
1433 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
1434 {
1435 struct bp_location *b;
1436 int val;
1437 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1438 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1439 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
1440
1441 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1442
1443 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1444 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1445 {
1446 if (b->inserted)
1447 {
1448 b->inserted = 0;
1449 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1450 &dummy1, &dummy2);
1451 if (val != 0)
1452 {
1453 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1454 return val;
1455 }
1456 }
1457 }
1458 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1459 return 0;
1460 }
1461
1462 void
1463 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1464 {
1465 struct breakpoint *b;
1466 struct breakpoint *temp;
1467 struct bp_location *bploc;
1468
1469 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
1470 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
1471 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
1472 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
1473 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
1474 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
1475 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
1476 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
1477 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc)
1478 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
1479
1480 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1481 {
1482 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1483 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
1484 {
1485 delete_breakpoint (b);
1486 continue;
1487 }
1488
1489 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1490 as must overlay event breakpoints. */
1491 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
1492 {
1493 delete_breakpoint (b);
1494 continue;
1495 }
1496
1497 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1498 if (b->type == bp_step_resume)
1499 {
1500 delete_breakpoint (b);
1501 continue;
1502 }
1503
1504 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
1505 after an exec. */
1506 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume)
1507 {
1508 delete_breakpoint (b);
1509 continue;
1510 }
1511
1512 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
1513 {
1514 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
1515 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
1516 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
1517 a new method, and call this method from here. */
1518 continue;
1519 }
1520
1521 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1522 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1523 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1524 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1525 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1526 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1527
1528 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1529 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1530 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
1531 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1532 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1533 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1534 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1535
1536 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1537 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1538 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1539 let finish_command delete it.
1540
1541 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1542 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
1543 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
1544 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
1545 solib breakpoints.) */
1546
1547 if (b->type == bp_finish)
1548 {
1549 continue;
1550 }
1551
1552 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
1553 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
1554 a.out. */
1555 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
1556 {
1557 delete_breakpoint (b);
1558 continue;
1559 }
1560 }
1561 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
1562 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
1563 }
1564
1565 int
1566 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
1567 {
1568 struct bp_location *b;
1569 int val;
1570 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1571
1572 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
1573 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
1574
1575 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint uses this global. */
1576 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1577 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1578 {
1579 if (b->inserted)
1580 {
1581 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_inserted);
1582 if (val != 0)
1583 {
1584 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1585 return val;
1586 }
1587 }
1588 }
1589 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1590 return 0;
1591 }
1592
1593 static int
1594 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *b, insertion_state_t is)
1595 {
1596 int val;
1597
1598 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1599 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
1600 return 0;
1601
1602 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
1603 This should not ever happen. */
1604 gdb_assert (b->owner->type != bp_none);
1605
1606 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1607 || b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1608 {
1609 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
1610 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
1611 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
1612
1613 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1614 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1615 || b->section == NULL
1616 || !(section_is_overlay (b->section)))
1617 {
1618 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
1619
1620 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1621 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1622 else
1623 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1624 }
1625 else
1626 {
1627 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1628 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1629 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1630 {
1631 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
1632 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
1633 */
1634 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
1635 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
1636 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1637 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1638 else
1639 target_remove_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1640 }
1641 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
1642 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
1643 if (b->inserted)
1644 {
1645 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
1646 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
1647 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
1648 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
1649 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1650 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1651
1652 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
1653 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
1654 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
1655 else if (section_is_mapped (b->section))
1656 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1657 else
1658 val = 0;
1659 }
1660 else
1661 {
1662 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
1663 val = 0;
1664 }
1665 }
1666
1667 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
1668 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
1669 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
1670 if (val && solib_name_from_address (b->address))
1671 val = 0;
1672
1673 if (val)
1674 return val;
1675 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1676 }
1677 else if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1678 {
1679 struct value *v;
1680 struct value *n;
1681
1682 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1683 val = target_remove_watchpoint (b->address, b->length,
1684 b->watchpoint_type);
1685
1686 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
1687 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (b->inserted))
1688 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
1689 b->owner->number);
1690 }
1691 else if (b->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
1692 && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner)
1693 && !b->duplicate)
1694 {
1695 gdb_assert (b->owner->ops != NULL && b->owner->ops->remove != NULL);
1696
1697 val = b->owner->ops->remove (b->owner);
1698 if (val)
1699 return val;
1700 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1701 }
1702
1703 return 0;
1704 }
1705
1706 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
1707
1708 void
1709 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
1710 {
1711 struct bp_location *bpt;
1712
1713 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1714 bpt->inserted = 0;
1715 }
1716
1717 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
1718 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
1719
1720 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
1721 between runs.
1722
1723 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
1724 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
1725 init_wait_for_inferior). */
1726
1727
1728
1729 void
1730 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
1731 {
1732 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
1733 struct bp_location *bpt;
1734 int ix;
1735
1736 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
1737 nothing to do. */
1738 if (gdbarch_has_global_solist (target_gdbarch))
1739 return;
1740
1741 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1742 if (bpt->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
1743 bpt->inserted = 0;
1744
1745 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1746 {
1747 switch (b->type)
1748 {
1749 case bp_call_dummy:
1750 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
1751
1752 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
1753 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better
1754 get rid of it.
1755
1756 Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
1757 delete_breakpoint (b);
1758 break;
1759
1760 case bp_watchpoint:
1761 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
1762 case bp_read_watchpoint:
1763 case bp_access_watchpoint:
1764
1765 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
1766 if (b->exp_valid_block != NULL)
1767 delete_breakpoint (b);
1768 else if (context == inf_starting)
1769 {
1770 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
1771 in insert_breakpoints. */
1772 if (b->val)
1773 value_free (b->val);
1774 b->val = NULL;
1775 b->val_valid = 0;
1776 }
1777 break;
1778 default:
1779 break;
1780 }
1781 }
1782
1783 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
1784 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bpt); ++ix)
1785 free_bp_location (bpt);
1786 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
1787 }
1788
1789 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
1790 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
1791 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
1792 permanent breakpoint.
1793 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
1794 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
1795 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
1796 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
1797 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
1798
1799 enum breakpoint_here
1800 breakpoint_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1801 {
1802 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1803 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1804
1805 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1806 {
1807 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1808 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1809 continue;
1810
1811 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1812 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1813 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1814 {
1815 if (overlay_debugging
1816 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1817 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1818 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1819 else if (bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1820 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
1821 else
1822 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
1823 }
1824 }
1825
1826 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
1827 }
1828
1829 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
1830
1831 int
1832 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1833 {
1834 struct bp_location *loc;
1835 int ix;
1836
1837 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
1838 if (loc->address == pc)
1839 return 1;
1840
1841 return 0;
1842 }
1843
1844 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
1845 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain/bp_location_chain mechanism.
1846 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
1847 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
1848
1849 int
1850 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1851 {
1852 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1853
1854 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1855 {
1856 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1857 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1858 continue;
1859
1860 if (bpt->inserted
1861 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is inserted and matches pc */
1862 {
1863 if (overlay_debugging
1864 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1865 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1866 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1867 else
1868 return 1;
1869 }
1870 }
1871 return 0;
1872 }
1873
1874 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
1875 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
1876
1877 int
1878 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1879 {
1880 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1881 return 1;
1882
1883 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1884 return 1;
1885
1886 return 0;
1887 }
1888
1889 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
1890 inserted at PC. */
1891
1892 int
1893 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1894 {
1895 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1896 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1897
1898 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1899 {
1900 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1901 continue;
1902
1903 if (bpt->inserted
1904 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1905 {
1906 if (overlay_debugging
1907 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1908 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1909 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1910 else
1911 return 1;
1912 }
1913 }
1914
1915 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
1916 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1917 return 1;
1918
1919 return 0;
1920 }
1921
1922 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
1923 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
1924
1925 int
1926 breakpoint_thread_match (CORE_ADDR pc, ptid_t ptid)
1927 {
1928 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1929 /* The thread ID associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
1930 int thread = -1;
1931
1932 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1933 {
1934 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1935 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1936 continue;
1937
1938 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1939 && bpt->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
1940 continue;
1941
1942 if (bpt->address != pc)
1943 continue;
1944
1945 if (bpt->owner->thread != -1)
1946 {
1947 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
1948 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
1949 it is now time to do so. */
1950 if (thread == -1)
1951 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
1952 if (bpt->owner->thread != thread)
1953 continue;
1954 }
1955
1956 if (overlay_debugging
1957 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1958 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1959 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1960
1961 return 1;
1962 }
1963
1964 return 0;
1965 }
1966 \f
1967
1968 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
1969 in breakpoint.h. */
1970
1971 int
1972 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
1973 {
1974 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
1975 }
1976
1977 void
1978 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
1979 {
1980 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
1981 value_free (bs->old_val);
1982 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
1983 xfree (bs);
1984 }
1985
1986 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
1987 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
1988
1989 void
1990 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
1991 {
1992 bpstat p;
1993 bpstat q;
1994
1995 if (bsp == 0)
1996 return;
1997 p = *bsp;
1998 while (p != NULL)
1999 {
2000 q = p->next;
2001 bpstat_free (p);
2002 p = q;
2003 }
2004 *bsp = NULL;
2005 }
2006
2007 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
2008 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
2009
2010 bpstat
2011 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
2012 {
2013 bpstat p = NULL;
2014 bpstat tmp;
2015 bpstat retval = NULL;
2016
2017 if (bs == NULL)
2018 return bs;
2019
2020 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2021 {
2022 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
2023 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
2024 if (bs->commands != NULL)
2025 tmp->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
2026 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2027 {
2028 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
2029 release_value (tmp->old_val);
2030 }
2031
2032 if (p == NULL)
2033 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
2034 retval = tmp;
2035 else
2036 p->next = tmp;
2037 p = tmp;
2038 }
2039 p->next = NULL;
2040 return retval;
2041 }
2042
2043 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2044
2045 bpstat
2046 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
2047 {
2048 if (bsp == NULL)
2049 return NULL;
2050
2051 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2052 {
2053 if (bsp->breakpoint_at && bsp->breakpoint_at->owner == breakpoint)
2054 return bsp;
2055 }
2056 return NULL;
2057 }
2058
2059 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
2060 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
2061 will arbitrarily pick one.)
2062
2063 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
2064 step_resume breakpoint.
2065
2066 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
2067 struct breakpoint *
2068 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp)
2069 {
2070 int current_thread;
2071
2072 gdb_assert (bsp != NULL);
2073
2074 current_thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
2075
2076 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2077 {
2078 if ((bsp->breakpoint_at != NULL) &&
2079 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_step_resume) &&
2080 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == current_thread ||
2081 bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == -1))
2082 return bsp->breakpoint_at->owner;
2083 }
2084
2085 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2086 }
2087
2088
2089 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2090 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2091 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2092 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2093 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2094 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2095 we set it.
2096 Return 1 otherwise. */
2097
2098 int
2099 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
2100 {
2101 struct breakpoint *b;
2102
2103 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
2104 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2105
2106 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2107 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2108 this function might return the same number more
2109 than once and this will look ugly. */
2110 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at ? (*bsp)->breakpoint_at->owner : NULL;
2111 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
2112 if (b == NULL)
2113 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2114
2115 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
2116 return 1;
2117 }
2118
2119 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2120
2121 void
2122 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs)
2123 {
2124 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2125 {
2126 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
2127 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2128 {
2129 value_free (bs->old_val);
2130 bs->old_val = NULL;
2131 }
2132 }
2133 }
2134
2135 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
2136
2137 static void
2138 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
2139 {
2140 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2141 {
2142 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
2143
2144 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
2145 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
2146 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
2147 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
2148 if (tp->in_infcall)
2149 return;
2150 }
2151
2152 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
2153 }
2154
2155 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2156 static void
2157 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
2158 {
2159 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
2160 }
2161
2162 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2163 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2164 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2165 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
2166
2167 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
2168 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
2169 bpstat of the current thread. */
2170
2171 static int
2172 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
2173 {
2174 bpstat bs;
2175 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2176 int again = 0;
2177
2178 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2179 in bs->commands. */
2180 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
2181 return 0;
2182
2183 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
2184 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
2185
2186 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2187 bs = *bsp;
2188
2189 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
2190 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2191 {
2192 struct command_line *cmd;
2193 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
2194
2195 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2196
2197 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2198 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2199 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2200 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2201 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2202 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2203 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2204 the tree when we're done. */
2205 cmd = bs->commands;
2206 bs->commands = 0;
2207 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd);
2208
2209 while (cmd != NULL)
2210 {
2211 execute_control_command (cmd);
2212
2213 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2214 break;
2215 else
2216 cmd = cmd->next;
2217 }
2218
2219 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2220 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
2221
2222 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2223 {
2224 if (target_can_async_p ())
2225 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
2226 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
2227 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
2228 ;
2229 else
2230 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
2231 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
2232 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
2233 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
2234 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
2235 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
2236 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
2237 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
2238 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
2239 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
2240 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
2241 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
2242 with the new stop_bpstat. */
2243 again = 1;
2244 break;
2245 }
2246 }
2247 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2248 return again;
2249 }
2250
2251 void
2252 bpstat_do_actions (void)
2253 {
2254 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
2255 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
2256 && target_has_execution
2257 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
2258 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
2259 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
2260 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
2261 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
2262 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
2263 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->stop_bpstat))
2264 break;
2265 }
2266
2267 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
2268
2269 static void
2270 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
2271 {
2272 if (val == NULL)
2273 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
2274 else
2275 {
2276 struct value_print_options opts;
2277 get_user_print_options (&opts);
2278 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
2279 }
2280 }
2281
2282 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2283 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2284 by having it set different print_it values.
2285
2286 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2287 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2288 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2289 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2290 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2291
2292 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2293 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2294 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2295 don't print anything else.
2296 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2297 that something to be followed by a location.
2298 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2299 that something to be followed by a location.
2300 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2301 analysis. */
2302
2303 static enum print_stop_action
2304 print_it_typical (bpstat bs)
2305 {
2306 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2307 struct breakpoint *b;
2308 const struct bp_location *bl;
2309 struct ui_stream *stb;
2310 int bp_temp = 0;
2311 enum print_stop_action result;
2312
2313 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2314 which has since been deleted. */
2315 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
2316 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2317 bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2318 b = bl->owner;
2319
2320 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
2321 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
2322
2323 switch (b->type)
2324 {
2325 case bp_breakpoint:
2326 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
2327 bp_temp = bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del;
2328 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
2329 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
2330 bl->address,
2331 b->number, 1);
2332 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
2333 if (bp_temp)
2334 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
2335 else
2336 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
2337 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2338 {
2339 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
2340 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
2341 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
2342 }
2343 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
2344 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
2345 result = PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2346 break;
2347
2348 case bp_shlib_event:
2349 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2350 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2351 to shlib event" message.) */
2352 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2353 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
2354 break;
2355
2356 case bp_thread_event:
2357 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2358 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2359 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2360 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
2361 break;
2362
2363 case bp_overlay_event:
2364 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2365 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2366 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
2367 break;
2368
2369 case bp_watchpoint:
2370 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2371 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2372 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2373 ui_out_field_string
2374 (uiout, "reason",
2375 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2376 mention (b);
2377 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2378 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2379 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
2380 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2381 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2382 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2383 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2384 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2385 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2386 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2387 break;
2388
2389 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2390 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2391 ui_out_field_string
2392 (uiout, "reason",
2393 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2394 mention (b);
2395 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2396 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2397 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2398 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
2399 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2400 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2401 break;
2402
2403 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2404 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2405 {
2406 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2407 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2408 ui_out_field_string
2409 (uiout, "reason",
2410 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2411 mention (b);
2412 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2413 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2414 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
2415 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2416 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2417 }
2418 else
2419 {
2420 mention (b);
2421 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2422 ui_out_field_string
2423 (uiout, "reason",
2424 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2425 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2426 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2427 }
2428 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2429 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2430 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2431 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2432 break;
2433
2434 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
2435 here. */
2436
2437 case bp_finish:
2438 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2439 ui_out_field_string
2440 (uiout, "reason",
2441 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
2442 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2443 break;
2444
2445 case bp_until:
2446 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2447 ui_out_field_string
2448 (uiout, "reason",
2449 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
2450 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2451 break;
2452
2453 case bp_none:
2454 case bp_longjmp:
2455 case bp_longjmp_resume:
2456 case bp_step_resume:
2457 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2458 case bp_call_dummy:
2459 case bp_tracepoint:
2460 default:
2461 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2462 break;
2463 }
2464
2465 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2466 return result;
2467 }
2468
2469 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
2470 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
2471 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
2472 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
2473 normal_stop(). */
2474
2475 static enum print_stop_action
2476 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
2477 {
2478 switch (bs->print_it)
2479 {
2480 case print_it_noop:
2481 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
2482 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2483 break;
2484
2485 case print_it_done:
2486 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
2487 relevant messages. */
2488 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2489 break;
2490
2491 case print_it_normal:
2492 {
2493 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2494 struct breakpoint *b = bl ? bl->owner : NULL;
2495
2496 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
2497 print_it_typical. */
2498 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
2499 if (b != NULL && b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_it != NULL)
2500 return b->ops->print_it (b);
2501 else
2502 return print_it_typical (bs);
2503 }
2504 break;
2505
2506 default:
2507 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
2508 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
2509 break;
2510 }
2511 }
2512
2513 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
2514 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
2515 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
2516 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
2517 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
2518 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
2519 routine is one of:
2520
2521 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
2522 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
2523 code to print the location. An example is
2524 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
2525 the location.
2526 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
2527 to also print the location part of the message.
2528 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
2529 don't require a location appended to the end.
2530 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
2531 further info to be printed.*/
2532
2533 enum print_stop_action
2534 bpstat_print (bpstat bs)
2535 {
2536 int val;
2537
2538 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
2539 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
2540 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
2541 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
2542 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
2543 {
2544 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
2545 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
2546 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
2547 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
2548 return val;
2549 }
2550
2551 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
2552 with and nothing was printed. */
2553 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2554 }
2555
2556 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
2557 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
2558 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
2559 make it pass through catch_errors. */
2560
2561 static int
2562 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
2563 {
2564 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2565 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
2566 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2567 return i;
2568 }
2569
2570 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
2571
2572 static bpstat
2573 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *bl, bpstat cbs /* Current "bs" value */ )
2574 {
2575 bpstat bs;
2576
2577 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
2578 cbs->next = bs;
2579 bs->breakpoint_at = bl;
2580 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
2581 bs->commands = NULL;
2582 bs->old_val = NULL;
2583 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
2584 return bs;
2585 }
2586 \f
2587 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
2588 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
2589
2590 int
2591 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
2592 {
2593 int stopped_by_watchpoint = STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (*ws);
2594 CORE_ADDR addr;
2595 struct breakpoint *b;
2596
2597 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
2598 {
2599 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
2600 as not triggered. */
2601 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2602 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2603 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2604 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2605 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
2606
2607 return 0;
2608 }
2609
2610 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
2611 {
2612 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
2613 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
2614 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2615 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2616 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2617 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2618 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
2619
2620 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
2621 }
2622
2623 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
2624 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
2625 triggered. */
2626
2627 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2628 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2629 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2630 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2631 {
2632 struct bp_location *loc;
2633 struct value *v;
2634
2635 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
2636 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2637 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
2638 sufficient. */
2639 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
2640 addr, loc->address,
2641 loc->length))
2642 {
2643 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
2644 break;
2645 }
2646 }
2647
2648 return 1;
2649 }
2650
2651 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
2652 because of check_errors). */
2653 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
2654 #define WP_DELETED 1
2655 /* The value has changed. */
2656 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
2657 /* The value has not changed. */
2658 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
2659
2660 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
2661 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
2662
2663 /* Check watchpoint condition. */
2664
2665 static int
2666 watchpoint_check (void *p)
2667 {
2668 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
2669 struct breakpoint *b;
2670 struct frame_info *fr;
2671 int within_current_scope;
2672
2673 b = bs->breakpoint_at->owner;
2674
2675 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
2676 within_current_scope = 1;
2677 else
2678 {
2679 /* There is no current frame at this moment. If we're going to have
2680 any chance of handling watchpoints on local variables, we'll need
2681 the frame chain (so we can determine if we're in scope). */
2682 reinit_frame_cache ();
2683 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
2684 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
2685
2686 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
2687 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
2688 if (within_current_scope
2689 && (block_linkage_function (b->exp_valid_block)
2690 != get_frame_function (fr)))
2691 within_current_scope = 0;
2692
2693 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
2694 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
2695 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
2696 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
2697 state as `not changed' without further checking.
2698
2699 vinschen/2003-09-04: The former implementation left out the case
2700 that the watchpoint frame couldn't be found by frame_find_by_id()
2701 because the current PC is currently in an epilogue. Calling
2702 gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p() also when fr == NULL fixes that. */
2703 if ((!within_current_scope || fr == get_current_frame ())
2704 && gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (current_gdbarch, read_pc ()))
2705 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2706 if (fr && within_current_scope)
2707 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
2708 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
2709 the user. */
2710 select_frame (fr);
2711 }
2712
2713 if (within_current_scope)
2714 {
2715 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
2716 *long* time before we return to the command level and
2717 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
2718 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
2719
2720 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2721 struct value *new_val;
2722
2723 fetch_watchpoint_value (b->exp, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
2724 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
2725 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal (b->val, new_val)))
2726 {
2727 if (new_val != NULL)
2728 {
2729 release_value (new_val);
2730 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2731 }
2732 bs->old_val = b->val;
2733 b->val = new_val;
2734 b->val_valid = 1;
2735 /* We will stop here */
2736 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
2737 }
2738 else
2739 {
2740 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
2741 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2742 /* We won't stop here */
2743 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2744 }
2745 }
2746 else
2747 {
2748 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
2749 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
2750 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
2751 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
2752 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
2753 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
2754 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
2755 the first value assigned). */
2756 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
2757 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
2758 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
2759 information here. */
2760 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2761 ui_out_field_string
2762 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
2763 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
2764 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->number);
2765 ui_out_text (uiout, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
2766 which its expression is valid.\n");
2767
2768 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2769 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2770 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2771
2772 return WP_DELETED;
2773 }
2774 }
2775
2776 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
2777 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
2778 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
2779 static int
2780 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
2781 {
2782 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2783
2784 if (b->type != bp_watchpoint
2785 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
2786 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
2787 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint
2788 && b->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint
2789 && b->type != bp_catchpoint) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
2790 {
2791 if (bl->address != bp_addr) /* address doesn't match */
2792 return 0;
2793 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2794 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2795 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2796 return 0;
2797 }
2798
2799 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
2800 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
2801 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
2802 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
2803 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
2804 (did not match the data address). */
2805
2806 if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2807 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2808 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2809 && b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
2810 return 0;
2811
2812 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2813 {
2814 if (bl->address != bp_addr)
2815 return 0;
2816 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2817 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2818 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2819 return 0;
2820 }
2821
2822 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2823 {
2824 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->breakpoint_hit != NULL);
2825 if (!b->ops->breakpoint_hit (b))
2826 return 0;
2827 }
2828
2829 return 1;
2830 }
2831
2832 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
2833 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
2834 to 0. */
2835 static void
2836 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
2837 {
2838 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2839 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2840
2841 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint
2842 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2843 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
2844 || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2845 {
2846 CORE_ADDR addr;
2847 struct value *v;
2848 int must_check_value = 0;
2849
2850 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
2851 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
2852 watched value. */
2853 must_check_value = 1;
2854 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
2855 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
2856 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
2857 this watchpoint. */
2858 must_check_value = 1;
2859 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
2860 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2861 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
2862 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
2863 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
2864 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
2865 must_check_value = 1;
2866
2867 if (must_check_value)
2868 {
2869 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
2870 b->number);
2871 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2872 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
2873 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2874 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2875 switch (e)
2876 {
2877 case WP_DELETED:
2878 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2879 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2880 /* Stop. */
2881 break;
2882 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
2883 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
2884 {
2885 /* Don't stop: read watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2886 the value has changed. This is for targets
2887 which cannot set read-only watchpoints. */
2888 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2889 bs->stop = 0;
2890 }
2891 break;
2892 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
2893 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2894 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
2895 {
2896 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2897 the value hasn't changed. */
2898 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2899 bs->stop = 0;
2900 }
2901 /* Stop. */
2902 break;
2903 default:
2904 /* Can't happen. */
2905 case 0:
2906 /* Error from catch_errors. */
2907 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
2908 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2909 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2910 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2911 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2912 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2913 break;
2914 }
2915 }
2916 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
2917 {
2918 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
2919 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
2920 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
2921 anything for this watchpoint. */
2922 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2923 bs->stop = 0;
2924 }
2925 }
2926 }
2927
2928
2929 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
2930 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
2931 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
2932 static void
2933 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
2934 {
2935 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
2936 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2937 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2938
2939 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
2940 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
2941 bs->stop = 0;
2942 else if (bs->stop)
2943 {
2944 int value_is_zero = 0;
2945
2946 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
2947 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
2948 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
2949 iteration. */
2950 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
2951 b->related_breakpoint->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
2952
2953 if (bl->cond && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2954 {
2955 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
2956 be a long time before we return to the command level and
2957 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
2958 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
2959 function call. */
2960 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2961
2962 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies
2963 so that the conditions will have the right context. */
2964 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
2965 value_is_zero
2966 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, (bl->cond),
2967 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
2968 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2969 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
2970 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2971 }
2972 if (bl->cond && value_is_zero)
2973 {
2974 bs->stop = 0;
2975 }
2976 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
2977 {
2978 bs->stop = 0;
2979 }
2980 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
2981 {
2982 b->ignore_count--;
2983 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
2984 bs->stop = 0;
2985 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
2986 stop. */
2987 ++(b->hit_count);
2988 }
2989 }
2990 }
2991
2992
2993 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
2994 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
2995
2996 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
2997 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
2998
2999 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
3000
3001 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
3002
3003 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
3004 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
3005 several reasons concurrently.)
3006
3007 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
3008 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
3009
3010 bpstat
3011 bpstat_stop_status (CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
3012 {
3013 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
3014 const struct bp_location *bl;
3015 struct bp_location *loc;
3016 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
3017 struct bpstats root_bs[1];
3018 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
3019 bpstat bs = root_bs;
3020 int ix;
3021 int need_remove_insert;
3022
3023 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl)
3024 {
3025 b = bl->owner;
3026 gdb_assert (b);
3027 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3028 continue;
3029
3030 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
3031 The watchpoint_check function will work on entire expression,
3032 not the individual locations. For read watchopints, the
3033 watchpoints_triggered function have checked all locations
3034 alrea
3035 */
3036 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
3037 continue;
3038
3039 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, bp_addr))
3040 continue;
3041
3042 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
3043
3044 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, bs); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
3045
3046 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
3047 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
3048 'stop' to 0. */
3049 bs->stop = 1;
3050 bs->print = 1;
3051
3052 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
3053 if (!bs->stop)
3054 continue;
3055
3056 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
3057 /* We do not stop for these. */
3058 bs->stop = 0;
3059 else
3060 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
3061
3062 if (bs->stop)
3063 {
3064 ++(b->hit_count);
3065
3066 /* We will stop here */
3067 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
3068 {
3069 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3070 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3071 update_global_location_list (0);
3072 }
3073 if (b->silent)
3074 bs->print = 0;
3075 bs->commands = b->commands;
3076 if (bs->commands &&
3077 (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands->line) == 0
3078 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", bs->commands->line) == 0)))
3079 {
3080 bs->commands = bs->commands->next;
3081 bs->print = 0;
3082 }
3083 bs->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
3084 }
3085
3086 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or if we dont print. */
3087 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
3088 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3089 }
3090
3091 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3092 {
3093 if (loc->address == bp_addr)
3094 {
3095 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, bs);
3096 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
3097 bs->stop = 0;
3098 bs->print = 0;
3099 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3100 }
3101 }
3102
3103 bs->next = NULL; /* Terminate the chain */
3104 bs = root_bs->next; /* Re-grab the head of the chain */
3105
3106 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
3107 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
3108 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
3109 done later. */
3110 for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3111 if (bs->stop)
3112 break;
3113
3114 need_remove_insert = 0;
3115 if (bs == NULL)
3116 for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3117 if (!bs->stop
3118 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner
3119 && (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3120 || bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3121 || bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
3122 {
3123 /* remove/insert can invalidate bs->breakpoint_at, if this
3124 location is no longer used by the watchpoint. Prevent
3125 further code from trying to use it. */
3126 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
3127 need_remove_insert = 1;
3128 }
3129
3130 if (need_remove_insert)
3131 {
3132 remove_breakpoints ();
3133 insert_breakpoints ();
3134 }
3135
3136 return root_bs->next;
3137 }
3138 \f
3139 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3140 struct bpstat_what
3141 bpstat_what (bpstat bs)
3142 {
3143 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3144 enum class
3145 {
3146 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3147 no_effect = 0,
3148
3149 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3150 wp_silent,
3151
3152 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3153 wp_noisy,
3154
3155 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3156 bp_nostop,
3157
3158 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3159 bp_silent,
3160
3161 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3162 bp_noisy,
3163
3164 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3165 long_jump,
3166
3167 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3168 long_resume,
3169
3170 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3171 step_resume,
3172
3173 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3174 shlib_event,
3175
3176 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3177 class_last
3178 };
3179
3180 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3181 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3182 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3183 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3184 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3185 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3186 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3187 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3188 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3189 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3190 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3191
3192 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3193 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3194 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3195 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3196
3197 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3198 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3199 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3200 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3201 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3202 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3203 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3204
3205 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3206 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3207 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3208 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3209 ordering is:
3210
3211 kc < clr sgl shl slr sn sr ss
3212 sgl < shl slr sn sr ss
3213 slr < err shl sn sr ss
3214 clr < err shl sn sr ss
3215 ss < shl sn sr
3216 sn < shl sr
3217 shl < sr
3218 sr <
3219
3220 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3221 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3222 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3223 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3224 logic to handle the 'err' cases. */
3225
3226 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3227 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3228 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3229
3230 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3231 table[(int) class_last][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST] =
3232 {
3233 /* old action */
3234 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr sr shl
3235 */
3236 /*no_effect */
3237 {kc, ss, sn, sgl, slr, clr, sr, shl},
3238 /*wp_silent */
3239 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl},
3240 /*wp_noisy */
3241 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl},
3242 /*bp_nostop */
3243 {sgl, ss, sn, sgl, slr, slr, sr, shl},
3244 /*bp_silent */
3245 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl},
3246 /*bp_noisy */
3247 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl},
3248 /*long_jump */
3249 {slr, ss, sn, slr, slr, err, sr, shl},
3250 /*long_resume */
3251 {clr, ss, sn, err, err, err, sr, shl},
3252 /*step_resume */
3253 {sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr},
3254 /*shlib */
3255 {shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, sr, shl}
3256 };
3257
3258 #undef kc
3259 #undef ss
3260 #undef sn
3261 #undef sgl
3262 #undef slr
3263 #undef clr
3264 #undef err
3265 #undef sr
3266 #undef ts
3267 #undef shl
3268 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
3269 struct bpstat_what retval;
3270
3271 retval.call_dummy = 0;
3272 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3273 {
3274 enum class bs_class = no_effect;
3275 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
3276 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3277 which has since been deleted. */
3278 continue;
3279 if (bs->breakpoint_at->owner == NULL)
3280 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3281 else
3282 switch (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type)
3283 {
3284 case bp_none:
3285 continue;
3286
3287 case bp_breakpoint:
3288 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3289 case bp_until:
3290 case bp_finish:
3291 if (bs->stop)
3292 {
3293 if (bs->print)
3294 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3295 else
3296 bs_class = bp_silent;
3297 }
3298 else
3299 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3300 break;
3301 case bp_watchpoint:
3302 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3303 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3304 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3305 if (bs->stop)
3306 {
3307 if (bs->print)
3308 bs_class = wp_noisy;
3309 else
3310 bs_class = wp_silent;
3311 }
3312 else
3313 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3314 This requires no further action. */
3315 bs_class = no_effect;
3316 break;
3317 case bp_longjmp:
3318 bs_class = long_jump;
3319 break;
3320 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3321 bs_class = long_resume;
3322 break;
3323 case bp_step_resume:
3324 if (bs->stop)
3325 {
3326 bs_class = step_resume;
3327 }
3328 else
3329 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
3330 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3331 break;
3332 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3333 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3334 break;
3335 case bp_shlib_event:
3336 bs_class = shlib_event;
3337 break;
3338 case bp_thread_event:
3339 case bp_overlay_event:
3340 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3341 break;
3342 case bp_catchpoint:
3343 if (bs->stop)
3344 {
3345 if (bs->print)
3346 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3347 else
3348 bs_class = bp_silent;
3349 }
3350 else
3351 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3352 This requires no further action. */
3353 bs_class = no_effect;
3354 break;
3355 case bp_call_dummy:
3356 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
3357 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
3358 bs_class = bp_silent;
3359 retval.call_dummy = 1;
3360 break;
3361 case bp_tracepoint:
3362 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
3363 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
3364 out already. */
3365 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3366 _("bpstat_what: bp_tracepoint encountered"));
3367 break;
3368 }
3369 current_action = table[(int) bs_class][(int) current_action];
3370 }
3371 retval.main_action = current_action;
3372 return retval;
3373 }
3374
3375 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
3376 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
3377 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
3378
3379 int
3380 bpstat_should_step (void)
3381 {
3382 struct breakpoint *b;
3383 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3384 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
3385 return 1;
3386 return 0;
3387 }
3388
3389 \f
3390
3391 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3392 struct bp_location *loc,
3393 char *wrap_indent,
3394 struct ui_stream *stb)
3395 {
3396 if (b->source_file)
3397 {
3398 struct symbol *sym
3399 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
3400 if (sym)
3401 {
3402 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
3403 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
3404 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
3405 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent);
3406 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
3407 }
3408 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
3409 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
3410
3411 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3412 {
3413 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
3414 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
3415
3416 if (fullname)
3417 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
3418 }
3419
3420 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
3421 }
3422 else if (!b->loc)
3423 {
3424 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
3425 }
3426 else
3427 {
3428 print_address_symbolic (loc->address, stb->stream, demangle, "");
3429 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
3430 }
3431 }
3432
3433 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
3434 static void
3435 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3436 struct bp_location *loc,
3437 int loc_number,
3438 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3439 {
3440 struct command_line *l;
3441 struct symbol *sym;
3442 struct ep_type_description
3443 {
3444 enum bptype type;
3445 char *description;
3446 };
3447 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
3448 {
3449 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
3450 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
3451 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
3452 {bp_until, "until"},
3453 {bp_finish, "finish"},
3454 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
3455 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
3456 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
3457 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
3458 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
3459 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
3460 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
3461 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
3462 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
3463 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
3464 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
3465 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
3466 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
3467 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
3468 };
3469
3470 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
3471 char wrap_indent[80];
3472 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
3473 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
3474 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
3475
3476 int header_of_multiple = 0;
3477 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
3478 struct value_print_options opts;
3479
3480 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3481
3482 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
3483 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
3484 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
3485 location. */
3486 if (loc == NULL
3487 && (b->loc != NULL
3488 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
3489 header_of_multiple = 1;
3490 if (loc == NULL)
3491 loc = b->loc;
3492
3493 annotate_record ();
3494 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
3495
3496 /* 1 */
3497 annotate_field (0);
3498 if (part_of_multiple)
3499 {
3500 char *formatted;
3501 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
3502 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
3503 xfree (formatted);
3504 }
3505 else
3506 {
3507 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
3508 }
3509
3510 /* 2 */
3511 annotate_field (1);
3512 if (part_of_multiple)
3513 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
3514 else
3515 {
3516 if (((int) b->type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
3517 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
3518 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3519 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
3520 (int) b->type);
3521 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int) b->type].description);
3522 }
3523
3524 /* 3 */
3525 annotate_field (2);
3526 if (part_of_multiple)
3527 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
3528 else
3529 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
3530
3531
3532 /* 4 */
3533 annotate_field (3);
3534 if (part_of_multiple)
3535 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
3536 else
3537 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
3538 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
3539 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
3540
3541
3542 /* 5 and 6 */
3543 strcpy (wrap_indent, " ");
3544 if (opts.addressprint)
3545 {
3546 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3547 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3548 else
3549 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3550 }
3551
3552 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
3553 {
3554 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
3555 all locations, calling it here is not likely
3556 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
3557 just one location. */
3558 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
3559 b->ops->print_one (b, last_addr);
3560 }
3561 else
3562 switch (b->type)
3563 {
3564 case bp_none:
3565 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3566 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
3567 break;
3568
3569 case bp_watchpoint:
3570 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3571 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3572 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3573 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3574 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3575 is relatively readable). */
3576 if (opts.addressprint)
3577 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3578 annotate_field (5);
3579 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exp_string);
3580 break;
3581
3582 case bp_breakpoint:
3583 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3584 case bp_until:
3585 case bp_finish:
3586 case bp_longjmp:
3587 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3588 case bp_step_resume:
3589 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3590 case bp_call_dummy:
3591 case bp_shlib_event:
3592 case bp_thread_event:
3593 case bp_overlay_event:
3594 case bp_tracepoint:
3595 if (opts.addressprint)
3596 {
3597 annotate_field (4);
3598 if (header_of_multiple)
3599 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
3600 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
3601 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
3602 else
3603 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", loc->address);
3604 }
3605 annotate_field (5);
3606 if (!header_of_multiple)
3607 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc, wrap_indent, stb);
3608 if (b->loc)
3609 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
3610 break;
3611 }
3612
3613 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
3614 {
3615 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
3616 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
3617 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
3618 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3619 }
3620
3621 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3622
3623 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
3624 {
3625 annotate_field (6);
3626 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
3627 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
3628 the frame ID. */
3629 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame", b->frame_id.stack_addr);
3630 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3631 }
3632
3633 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string && !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b))
3634 {
3635 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
3636 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
3637 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
3638 annotate_field (7);
3639 if (b->type == bp_tracepoint)
3640 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
3641 else
3642 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
3643 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
3644 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3645 }
3646
3647 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
3648 {
3649 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3650 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
3651 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3652 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3653 }
3654
3655 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
3656 {
3657 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3658 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
3659 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
3660 else
3661 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
3662 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
3663 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3664 if (b->hit_count == 1)
3665 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
3666 else
3667 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
3668 }
3669
3670 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
3671 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
3672 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3673 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
3674 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3675
3676 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
3677 {
3678 annotate_field (8);
3679 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
3680 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
3681 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
3682 }
3683
3684 if (!part_of_multiple && (l = b->commands))
3685 {
3686 struct cleanup *script_chain;
3687
3688 annotate_field (9);
3689 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
3690 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
3691 do_cleanups (script_chain);
3692 }
3693
3694 if (!part_of_multiple && b->pass_count)
3695 {
3696 annotate_field (10);
3697 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
3698 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", b->pass_count);
3699 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
3700 }
3701
3702 if (!part_of_multiple && b->step_count)
3703 {
3704 annotate_field (11);
3705 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstep count ");
3706 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "step", b->step_count);
3707 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
3708 }
3709
3710 if (!part_of_multiple && b->actions)
3711 {
3712 struct action_line *action;
3713 annotate_field (12);
3714 for (action = b->actions; action; action = action->next)
3715 {
3716 ui_out_text (uiout, " A\t");
3717 ui_out_text (uiout, action->action);
3718 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3719 }
3720 }
3721
3722 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
3723 {
3724 if (b->addr_string)
3725 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
3726 else if (b->exp_string)
3727 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->exp_string);
3728 }
3729
3730 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
3731 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3732 }
3733
3734 static void
3735 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
3736 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3737 {
3738 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_addr);
3739
3740 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
3741 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
3742 locations, if any. */
3743 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
3744 {
3745 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
3746 disabled, we print it as if it had
3747 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
3748 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
3749 situation.
3750 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
3751 several locations internally, that's no a property
3752 exposed to user. */
3753 if (b->loc
3754 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
3755 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled)
3756 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3757 {
3758 struct bp_location *loc;
3759 int n = 1;
3760 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
3761 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_addr);
3762 }
3763 }
3764 }
3765
3766
3767 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
3768 {
3769 int bnum;
3770 };
3771
3772 static int
3773 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
3774 {
3775 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
3776 struct breakpoint *b;
3777 CORE_ADDR dummy_addr = 0;
3778 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3779 {
3780 if (args->bnum == b->number)
3781 {
3782 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_addr);
3783 return GDB_RC_OK;
3784 }
3785 }
3786 return GDB_RC_NONE;
3787 }
3788
3789 enum gdb_rc
3790 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum, char **error_message)
3791 {
3792 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
3793 args.bnum = bnum;
3794 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
3795 an error. */
3796 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
3797 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
3798 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
3799 else
3800 return GDB_RC_OK;
3801 }
3802
3803 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
3804 catchpoints, et.al.). */
3805
3806 static int
3807 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
3808 {
3809 return (b->type == bp_breakpoint
3810 || b->type == bp_catchpoint
3811 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
3812 || b->type == bp_tracepoint
3813 || b->type == bp_watchpoint
3814 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3815 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
3816 || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint);
3817 }
3818
3819 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
3820 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
3821 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
3822
3823 static void
3824 breakpoint_1 (int bnum, int allflag)
3825 {
3826 struct breakpoint *b;
3827 CORE_ADDR last_addr = (CORE_ADDR) -1;
3828 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
3829 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
3830 struct value_print_options opts;
3831
3832 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3833
3834 /* Compute the number of rows in the table. */
3835 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
3836 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3837 if (bnum == -1
3838 || bnum == b->number)
3839 {
3840 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3841 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
3842 }
3843
3844 if (opts.addressprint)
3845 bkpttbl_chain
3846 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3847 "BreakpointTable");
3848 else
3849 bkpttbl_chain
3850 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3851 "BreakpointTable");
3852
3853 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3854 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
3855 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3856 annotate_field (0);
3857 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
3858 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3859 annotate_field (1);
3860 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
3861 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3862 annotate_field (2);
3863 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
3864 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3865 annotate_field (3);
3866 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
3867 if (opts.addressprint)
3868 {
3869 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3870 annotate_field (4);
3871 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3872 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3873 else
3874 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3875 }
3876 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3877 annotate_field (5);
3878 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
3879 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
3880 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3881 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
3882
3883 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3884 if (bnum == -1
3885 || bnum == b->number)
3886 {
3887 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
3888 allflag is set. */
3889 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3890 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_addr);
3891 }
3892
3893 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
3894
3895 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
3896 {
3897 if (bnum == -1)
3898 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
3899 else
3900 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
3901 bnum);
3902 }
3903 else
3904 {
3905 /* Compare against (CORE_ADDR)-1 in case some compiler decides
3906 that a comparison of an unsigned with -1 is always false. */
3907 if (last_addr != (CORE_ADDR) -1 && !server_command)
3908 set_next_address (current_gdbarch, last_addr);
3909 }
3910
3911 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
3912 there have been breakpoints? */
3913 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
3914 }
3915
3916 static void
3917 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
3918 {
3919 int bnum = -1;
3920
3921 if (bnum_exp)
3922 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
3923
3924 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 0);
3925 }
3926
3927 static void
3928 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
3929 {
3930 int bnum = -1;
3931
3932 if (bnum_exp)
3933 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
3934
3935 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 1);
3936 }
3937
3938 static int
3939 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
3940 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
3941 {
3942 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
3943 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
3944 {
3945 if (bl->address == pc
3946 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
3947 return 1;
3948 }
3949 return 0;
3950 }
3951
3952 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. */
3953
3954 static void
3955 describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section,
3956 int thread)
3957 {
3958 int others = 0;
3959 struct breakpoint *b;
3960
3961 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3962 others += breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section);
3963 if (others > 0)
3964 {
3965 if (others == 1)
3966 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
3967 else /* if (others == ???) */
3968 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
3969 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3970 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section))
3971 {
3972 others--;
3973 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
3974 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
3975 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
3976 else if (b->thread != -1)
3977 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
3978 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
3979 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled ||
3980 b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
3981 ? " (disabled)"
3982 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
3983 ? " (permanent)"
3984 : ""),
3985 (others > 1) ? ","
3986 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
3987 }
3988 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
3989 fputs_filtered (paddress (pc), gdb_stdout);
3990 printf_filtered (".\n");
3991 }
3992 }
3993 \f
3994 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
3995 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
3996
3997 void
3998 set_default_breakpoint (int valid, CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab,
3999 int line)
4000 {
4001 default_breakpoint_valid = valid;
4002 default_breakpoint_address = addr;
4003 default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab;
4004 default_breakpoint_line = line;
4005 }
4006
4007 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
4008 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
4009 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
4010 (or use it for any other purpose either).
4011
4012 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
4013 have a zero valued address and we don't want check_duplicates() to mark
4014 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
4015 breakpoint at address zero:
4016
4017 bp_watchpoint
4018 bp_hardware_watchpoint
4019 bp_read_watchpoint
4020 bp_access_watchpoint
4021 bp_catchpoint */
4022
4023 static int
4024 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4025 {
4026 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
4027
4028 return (type != bp_watchpoint
4029 && type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4030 && type != bp_read_watchpoint
4031 && type != bp_access_watchpoint
4032 && type != bp_catchpoint);
4033 }
4034
4035 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section as BPT,
4036 marking the first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates".
4037 This is so that the bpt instruction is only inserted once.
4038 If we have a permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make
4039 that one the official one, and the rest as duplicates. */
4040
4041 static void
4042 check_duplicates_for (CORE_ADDR address, struct obj_section *section)
4043 {
4044 struct bp_location *b;
4045 int count = 0;
4046 struct bp_location *perm_bp = 0;
4047
4048 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4049 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4050 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4051 && b->enabled
4052 && !b->shlib_disabled
4053 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4054 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4055 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4056 {
4057 /* Have we found a permanent breakpoint? */
4058 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4059 {
4060 perm_bp = b;
4061 break;
4062 }
4063
4064 count++;
4065 b->duplicate = count > 1;
4066 }
4067
4068 /* If we found a permanent breakpoint at this address, go over the
4069 list again and declare all the other breakpoints there (except
4070 other permanent breakpoints) to be the duplicates. */
4071 if (perm_bp)
4072 {
4073 perm_bp->duplicate = 0;
4074
4075 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
4076 if (! perm_bp->inserted)
4077 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4078 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
4079 "actually inserted"));
4080
4081 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4082 if (b != perm_bp)
4083 {
4084 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent
4085 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4086 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4087 && b->enabled && !b->shlib_disabled
4088 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4089 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4090 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4091 {
4092 if (b->inserted)
4093 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4094 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
4095 "a permanent breakpoint"));
4096
4097 b->duplicate = 1;
4098 }
4099 }
4100 }
4101 }
4102
4103 static void
4104 check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4105 {
4106 struct bp_location *bl = bpt->loc;
4107
4108 if (! breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (bpt))
4109 return;
4110
4111 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
4112 check_duplicates_for (bl->address, bl->section);
4113 }
4114
4115 static void
4116 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
4117 int bnum, int have_bnum)
4118 {
4119 char astr1[40];
4120 char astr2[40];
4121
4122 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
4123 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
4124 if (have_bnum)
4125 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4126 bnum, astr1, astr2);
4127 else
4128 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
4129 }
4130
4131 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4132 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4133 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4134 this function is simply the identity function. */
4135
4136 static CORE_ADDR
4137 adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
4138 {
4139 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (current_gdbarch))
4140 {
4141 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4142 return bpaddr;
4143 }
4144 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
4145 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4146 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
4147 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
4148 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
4149 {
4150 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4151 have their addresses modified. */
4152 return bpaddr;
4153 }
4154 else
4155 {
4156 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
4157
4158 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4159 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4160 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (current_gdbarch,
4161 bpaddr);
4162
4163 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4164 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4165 is required. */
4166 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
4167 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
4168
4169 return adjusted_bpaddr;
4170 }
4171 }
4172
4173 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4174
4175 static struct bp_location *
4176 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4177 {
4178 struct bp_location *loc, *loc_p;
4179
4180 loc = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location));
4181 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
4182
4183 loc->owner = bpt;
4184 loc->cond = NULL;
4185 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
4186 loc->enabled = 1;
4187
4188 switch (bpt->type)
4189 {
4190 case bp_breakpoint:
4191 case bp_tracepoint:
4192 case bp_until:
4193 case bp_finish:
4194 case bp_longjmp:
4195 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4196 case bp_step_resume:
4197 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4198 case bp_call_dummy:
4199 case bp_shlib_event:
4200 case bp_thread_event:
4201 case bp_overlay_event:
4202 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
4203 break;
4204 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4205 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
4206 break;
4207 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4208 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4209 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4210 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
4211 break;
4212 case bp_watchpoint:
4213 case bp_catchpoint:
4214 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
4215 break;
4216 default:
4217 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4218 }
4219
4220 return loc;
4221 }
4222
4223 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
4224 {
4225 if (loc->cond)
4226 xfree (loc->cond);
4227
4228 if (loc->function_name)
4229 xfree (loc->function_name);
4230
4231 xfree (loc);
4232 }
4233
4234 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
4235 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
4236
4237 static struct breakpoint *
4238 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (enum bptype bptype)
4239 {
4240 struct breakpoint *b, *b1;
4241
4242 b = (struct breakpoint *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint));
4243 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
4244
4245 b->type = bptype;
4246 b->language = current_language->la_language;
4247 b->input_radix = input_radix;
4248 b->thread = -1;
4249 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4250 b->next = 0;
4251 b->silent = 0;
4252 b->ignore_count = 0;
4253 b->commands = NULL;
4254 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
4255 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
4256 b->exec_pathname = NULL;
4257 b->ops = NULL;
4258 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
4259
4260 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
4261 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
4262 of increasing numbers. */
4263
4264 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
4265 if (b1 == 0)
4266 breakpoint_chain = b;
4267 else
4268 {
4269 while (b1->next)
4270 b1 = b1->next;
4271 b1->next = b;
4272 }
4273 return b;
4274 }
4275
4276 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
4277 static void
4278 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc)
4279 {
4280 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
4281 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
4282 || loc->owner->type == bp_tracepoint)
4283 {
4284 find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &(loc->function_name),
4285 NULL, NULL);
4286 if (loc->function_name)
4287 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
4288 }
4289 }
4290
4291 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
4292 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
4293 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
4294 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
4295 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
4296 is also returned as the value of this function.
4297
4298 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
4299 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
4300 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
4301 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
4302 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
4303 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
4304 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
4305
4306 struct breakpoint *
4307 set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
4308 {
4309 struct breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (bptype);
4310 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
4311
4312 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
4313 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
4314 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
4315 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
4316 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
4317 location that's only been partially initialized. */
4318 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (sal.pc, b->type);
4319
4320 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
4321 b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc;
4322 b->loc->address = adjusted_address;
4323
4324 if (sal.symtab == NULL)
4325 b->source_file = NULL;
4326 else
4327 b->source_file = savestring (sal.symtab->filename,
4328 strlen (sal.symtab->filename));
4329 b->loc->section = sal.section;
4330 b->line_number = sal.line;
4331
4332 set_breakpoint_location_function (b->loc);
4333
4334 breakpoints_changed ();
4335
4336 return b;
4337 }
4338
4339
4340 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
4341 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
4342 void
4343 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
4344 {
4345 struct bp_location *bl;
4346 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
4347
4348 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
4349 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
4350 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
4351 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
4352 but it's easy to implmement. */
4353 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
4354 bl->inserted = 1;
4355 }
4356
4357 static struct breakpoint *
4358 create_internal_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type)
4359 {
4360 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
4361 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4362 struct breakpoint *b;
4363
4364 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
4365
4366 sal.pc = address;
4367 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
4368
4369 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4370 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
4371 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
4372
4373 return b;
4374 }
4375
4376
4377 static void
4378 create_longjmp_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4379 {
4380 struct minimal_symbol *m;
4381
4382 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, NULL)) == NULL)
4383 return;
4384 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m), bp_longjmp);
4385 update_global_location_list (1);
4386 }
4387
4388 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
4389 if we do a longjmp(). When we hit that breakpoint, call
4390 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
4391
4392 void
4393 set_longjmp_breakpoint (void)
4394 {
4395 if (gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (current_gdbarch))
4396 {
4397 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("longjmp");
4398 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
4399 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
4400 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
4401 }
4402 }
4403
4404 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
4405 void
4406 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
4407 {
4408 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4409
4410 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4411 if (b->type == bp_longjmp)
4412 {
4413 if (b->thread == thread)
4414 delete_breakpoint (b);
4415 }
4416 }
4417
4418 static void
4419 create_overlay_event_breakpoint_1 (char *func_name, struct objfile *objfile)
4420 {
4421 struct breakpoint *b;
4422 struct minimal_symbol *m;
4423
4424 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile)) == NULL)
4425 return;
4426
4427 b = create_internal_breakpoint (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m),
4428 bp_overlay_event);
4429 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
4430
4431 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
4432 {
4433 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4434 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4435 }
4436 else
4437 {
4438 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4439 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4440 }
4441 update_global_location_list (1);
4442 }
4443
4444 static void
4445 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4446 {
4447 struct objfile *objfile;
4448 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
4449 create_overlay_event_breakpoint_1 (func_name, objfile);
4450 }
4451
4452 void
4453 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4454 {
4455 struct breakpoint *b;
4456
4457 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4458 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4459 {
4460 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4461 update_global_location_list (1);
4462 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4463 }
4464 }
4465
4466 void
4467 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4468 {
4469 struct breakpoint *b;
4470
4471 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4472 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4473 {
4474 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4475 update_global_location_list (0);
4476 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4477 }
4478 }
4479
4480 struct breakpoint *
4481 create_thread_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4482 {
4483 struct breakpoint *b;
4484
4485 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_thread_event);
4486
4487 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4488 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
4489 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
4490
4491 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4492
4493 return b;
4494 }
4495
4496 void
4497 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
4498 {
4499 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4500
4501 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4502 if (b->type == bp_thread_event)
4503 delete_breakpoint (b);
4504 }
4505
4506 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
4507 {
4508 char **arg_p;
4509 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals_p;
4510 char ***addr_string_p;
4511 int *not_found_ptr;
4512 };
4513
4514 struct lang_and_radix
4515 {
4516 enum language lang;
4517 int radix;
4518 };
4519
4520
4521 void
4522 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
4523 {
4524 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4525
4526 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4527 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
4528 delete_breakpoint (b);
4529 }
4530
4531 struct breakpoint *
4532 create_solib_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4533 {
4534 struct breakpoint *b;
4535
4536 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_shlib_event);
4537 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4538 return b;
4539 }
4540
4541 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
4542 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4543
4544 void
4545 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
4546 {
4547 struct bp_location *loc;
4548
4549 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4550 {
4551 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4552 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
4553 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
4554 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
4555 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
4556 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
4557 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
4558 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
4559 || (b->type == bp_tracepoint))
4560 && !loc->shlib_disabled
4561 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
4562 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
4563 #else
4564 && solib_name_from_address (loc->address)
4565 #endif
4566 )
4567 {
4568 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4569 }
4570 }
4571 }
4572
4573 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
4574 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4575
4576 static void
4577 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
4578 {
4579 struct bp_location *loc;
4580 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
4581
4582 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
4583 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
4584 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
4585 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
4586 if (exec_bfd != NULL
4587 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
4588 return;
4589
4590 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4591 {
4592 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4593 if ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4594 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4595 && !loc->shlib_disabled
4596 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
4597 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
4598 {
4599 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4600 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
4601 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
4602 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
4603 loc->inserted = 0;
4604 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
4605 {
4606 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4607 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
4608 solib->so_name);
4609 }
4610 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
4611 }
4612 }
4613 }
4614
4615 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
4616
4617 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
4618
4619 static void
4620 insert_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4621 {
4622 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4623 }
4624
4625 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
4626
4627 static int
4628 remove_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4629 {
4630 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4631 }
4632
4633 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
4634 catchpoints. */
4635
4636 static int
4637 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4638 {
4639 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid, &b->forked_inferior_pid);
4640 }
4641
4642 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
4643
4644 static enum print_stop_action
4645 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4646 {
4647 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
4648 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
4649 b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
4650 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4651 }
4652
4653 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
4654
4655 static void
4656 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
4657 {
4658 struct value_print_options opts;
4659
4660 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4661
4662 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4663 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4664 is relatively readable). */
4665 if (opts.addressprint)
4666 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4667 annotate_field (5);
4668 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
4669 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
4670 {
4671 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
4672 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
4673 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
4674 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
4675 }
4676 }
4677
4678 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
4679 catchpoints. */
4680
4681 static void
4682 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4683 {
4684 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
4685 }
4686
4687 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
4688
4689 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops =
4690 {
4691 insert_catch_fork,
4692 remove_catch_fork,
4693 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork,
4694 print_it_catch_fork,
4695 print_one_catch_fork,
4696 print_mention_catch_fork
4697 };
4698
4699 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
4700
4701 static void
4702 insert_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4703 {
4704 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4705 }
4706
4707 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
4708
4709 static int
4710 remove_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4711 {
4712 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4713 }
4714
4715 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
4716 catchpoints. */
4717
4718 static int
4719 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4720 {
4721 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid, &b->forked_inferior_pid);
4722 }
4723
4724 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
4725
4726 static enum print_stop_action
4727 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4728 {
4729 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
4730 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
4731 b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
4732 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4733 }
4734
4735 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
4736
4737 static void
4738 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
4739 {
4740 struct value_print_options opts;
4741
4742 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4743 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4744 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4745 is relatively readable). */
4746 if (opts.addressprint)
4747 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4748 annotate_field (5);
4749 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
4750 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
4751 {
4752 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
4753 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
4754 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
4755 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
4756 }
4757 }
4758
4759 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
4760 catchpoints. */
4761
4762 static void
4763 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4764 {
4765 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
4766 }
4767
4768 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
4769
4770 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops =
4771 {
4772 insert_catch_vfork,
4773 remove_catch_vfork,
4774 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork,
4775 print_it_catch_vfork,
4776 print_one_catch_vfork,
4777 print_mention_catch_vfork
4778 };
4779
4780 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
4781
4782 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
4783 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
4784 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
4785 to the catchpoint. */
4786
4787 static struct breakpoint *
4788 create_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
4789 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
4790 {
4791 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4792 struct breakpoint *b;
4793
4794 init_sal (&sal);
4795 sal.pc = 0;
4796 sal.symtab = NULL;
4797 sal.line = 0;
4798
4799 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_catchpoint);
4800 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4801 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4802
4803 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4804 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4805 b->thread = -1;
4806 b->addr_string = NULL;
4807 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4808 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4809 b->ops = ops;
4810
4811 mention (b);
4812 update_global_location_list (1);
4813
4814 return b;
4815 }
4816
4817 static void
4818 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
4819 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
4820 {
4821 struct breakpoint *b = create_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, ops);
4822
4823 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
4824 area. */
4825 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
4826 }
4827
4828 /* Exec catchpoints. */
4829
4830 static void
4831 insert_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4832 {
4833 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4834 }
4835
4836 static int
4837 remove_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4838 {
4839 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4840 }
4841
4842 static int
4843 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4844 {
4845 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &b->exec_pathname);
4846 }
4847
4848 static enum print_stop_action
4849 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4850 {
4851 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
4852 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b->number,
4853 b->exec_pathname);
4854 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4855 }
4856
4857 static void
4858 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
4859 {
4860 struct value_print_options opts;
4861
4862 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4863
4864 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4865 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4866 is relatively readable). */
4867 if (opts.addressprint)
4868 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4869 annotate_field (5);
4870 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
4871 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
4872 {
4873 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
4874 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
4875 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
4876 }
4877 }
4878
4879 static void
4880 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4881 {
4882 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
4883 }
4884
4885 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops =
4886 {
4887 insert_catch_exec,
4888 remove_catch_exec,
4889 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec,
4890 print_it_catch_exec,
4891 print_one_catch_exec,
4892 print_mention_catch_exec
4893 };
4894
4895 static int
4896 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
4897 {
4898 struct breakpoint *b;
4899 int i = 0;
4900
4901 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4902 {
4903 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
4904 i++;
4905 }
4906
4907 return i;
4908 }
4909
4910 static int
4911 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
4912 {
4913 struct breakpoint *b;
4914 int i = 0;
4915
4916 *other_type_used = 0;
4917 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4918 {
4919 if (breakpoint_enabled (b))
4920 {
4921 if (b->type == type)
4922 i++;
4923 else if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
4924 b->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
4925 b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4926 *other_type_used = 1;
4927 }
4928 }
4929 return i;
4930 }
4931
4932 void
4933 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
4934 {
4935 struct breakpoint *b;
4936
4937 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4938 {
4939 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4940 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4941 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4942 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4943 && breakpoint_enabled (b))
4944 {
4945 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
4946 update_global_location_list (0);
4947 }
4948 }
4949 }
4950
4951 void
4952 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
4953 {
4954 struct breakpoint *b;
4955
4956 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4957 {
4958 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4959 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4960 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4961 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4962 && (b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled))
4963 {
4964 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4965 update_global_location_list (1);
4966 }
4967 }
4968 }
4969
4970
4971 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
4972 at address specified by SAL.
4973 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
4974
4975 struct breakpoint *
4976 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, struct frame_id frame_id,
4977 enum bptype type)
4978 {
4979 struct breakpoint *b;
4980 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4981 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4982 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
4983 b->frame_id = frame_id;
4984
4985 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
4986 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
4987 single thread of control. */
4988 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
4989 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
4990
4991 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4992
4993 return b;
4994 }
4995
4996 struct breakpoint *
4997 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (CORE_ADDR pc, enum bptype type)
4998 {
4999 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5000
5001 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
5002 sal.pc = pc;
5003 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
5004 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
5005
5006 return set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, null_frame_id, type);
5007 }
5008 \f
5009
5010 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
5011
5012 static void
5013 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
5014 {
5015 int say_where = 0;
5016 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
5017 struct value_print_options opts;
5018
5019 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5020
5021 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
5022 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
5023 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
5024 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */
5025 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b->number);
5026
5027 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_mention != NULL)
5028 b->ops->print_mention (b);
5029 else
5030 switch (b->type)
5031 {
5032 case bp_none:
5033 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b->number);
5034 break;
5035 case bp_watchpoint:
5036 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
5037 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
5038 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5039 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5040 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
5041 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5042 break;
5043 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5044 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
5045 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
5046 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5047 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5048 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
5049 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5050 break;
5051 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5052 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
5053 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
5054 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5055 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5056 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
5057 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5058 break;
5059 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5060 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
5061 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
5062 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5063 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5064 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
5065 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5066 break;
5067 case bp_breakpoint:
5068 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5069 {
5070 say_where = 0;
5071 break;
5072 }
5073 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
5074 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
5075 else
5076 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
5077 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
5078 say_where = 1;
5079 break;
5080 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5081 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5082 {
5083 say_where = 0;
5084 break;
5085 }
5086 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
5087 say_where = 1;
5088 break;
5089 case bp_tracepoint:
5090 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5091 {
5092 say_where = 0;
5093 break;
5094 }
5095 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
5096 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
5097 say_where = 1;
5098 break;
5099
5100 case bp_until:
5101 case bp_finish:
5102 case bp_longjmp:
5103 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5104 case bp_step_resume:
5105 case bp_call_dummy:
5106 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5107 case bp_shlib_event:
5108 case bp_thread_event:
5109 case bp_overlay_event:
5110 break;
5111 }
5112
5113 if (say_where)
5114 {
5115 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
5116 single string. */
5117 if (b->loc == NULL)
5118 {
5119 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
5120 }
5121 else
5122 {
5123 if (opts.addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
5124 {
5125 printf_filtered (" at ");
5126 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->address), gdb_stdout);
5127 }
5128 if (b->source_file)
5129 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
5130 b->source_file, b->line_number);
5131
5132 if (b->loc->next)
5133 {
5134 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
5135 int n = 0;
5136 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
5137 ++n;
5138 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
5139 }
5140
5141 }
5142 }
5143 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5144 return;
5145 printf_filtered ("\n");
5146 }
5147 \f
5148
5149 static struct bp_location *
5150 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5151 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5152 {
5153 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
5154
5155 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
5156 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
5157 ;
5158 *tmp = loc;
5159 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
5160 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->requested_address, b->type);
5161 loc->section = sal->section;
5162
5163 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc);
5164 return loc;
5165 }
5166 \f
5167
5168 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
5169 return 0 otherwise. */
5170
5171 static int
5172 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
5173 {
5174 int len;
5175 CORE_ADDR addr;
5176 const gdb_byte *brk;
5177 gdb_byte *target_mem;
5178 struct cleanup *cleanup;
5179 int retval = 0;
5180
5181 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
5182
5183 addr = loc->address;
5184 brk = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (current_gdbarch, &addr, &len);
5185
5186 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
5187 if (brk == NULL)
5188 return 0;
5189
5190 target_mem = alloca (len);
5191
5192 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
5193 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
5194 breakpoints they are permanent. */
5195 cleanup = make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
5196
5197 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
5198 && memcmp (target_mem, brk, len) == 0)
5199 retval = 1;
5200
5201 do_cleanups (cleanup);
5202
5203 return retval;
5204 }
5205
5206
5207
5208 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
5209 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
5210 as condition expression. */
5211
5212 static void
5213 create_breakpoint (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
5214 char *cond_string,
5215 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5216 int thread, int ignore_count,
5217 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty, int enabled)
5218 {
5219 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5220 int i;
5221
5222 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5223 {
5224 int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
5225 int target_resources_ok =
5226 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
5227 i + 1, 0);
5228 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
5229 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
5230 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
5231 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
5232 }
5233
5234 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5235 {
5236 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
5237 struct bp_location *loc;
5238
5239 if (from_tty)
5240 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
5241
5242 if (i == 0)
5243 {
5244 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
5245 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5246 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5247 b->thread = thread;
5248
5249 b->cond_string = cond_string;
5250 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5251 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
5252 b->disposition = disposition;
5253
5254 loc = b->loc;
5255 }
5256 else
5257 {
5258 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
5259 }
5260
5261 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
5262 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
5263
5264 if (b->cond_string)
5265 {
5266 char *arg = b->cond_string;
5267 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
5268 if (*arg)
5269 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
5270 }
5271 }
5272
5273 if (addr_string)
5274 b->addr_string = addr_string;
5275 else
5276 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
5277 me. */
5278 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
5279
5280 b->ops = ops;
5281 mention (b);
5282 }
5283
5284 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
5285 elements to fill the void space. */
5286 static void
5287 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove)
5288 {
5289 int i = index_to_remove+1;
5290 int last_index = sal->nelts-1;
5291
5292 for (;i <= last_index; ++i)
5293 sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i];
5294
5295 --(sal->nelts);
5296 }
5297
5298 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond
5299 to the same file and line as SAL. This is done
5300 only if SAL does not have explicit PC and has
5301 line and file information. If we got just a single
5302 expanded sal, return the original.
5303
5304 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out
5305 all sals for which the name of enclosing function
5306 is different from SAL. This makes sure that if we have
5307 breakpoint originally set in template instantiation, say
5308 foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at the same
5309 line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'.
5310
5311 */
5312 static struct symtabs_and_lines
5313 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5314 {
5315 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
5316 CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc;
5317 char *original_function = NULL;
5318 int found;
5319 int i;
5320
5321 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
5322 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
5323 if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL)
5324 {
5325 expanded.nelts = 1;
5326 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5327 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5328 return expanded;
5329 }
5330
5331 sal.pc = 0;
5332 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL);
5333
5334 expanded = expand_line_sal (sal);
5335 if (expanded.nelts == 1)
5336 {
5337 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Without futher
5338 processing, just return the original sal. */
5339 xfree (expanded.sals);
5340 expanded.nelts = 1;
5341 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5342 sal.pc = original_pc;
5343 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5344 return expanded;
5345 }
5346
5347 if (!sal.explicit_line)
5348 {
5349 CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
5350 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5351 {
5352 CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc;
5353 char *this_function;
5354 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function,
5355 &func_addr, &func_end))
5356 {
5357 if (this_function &&
5358 strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0)
5359 {
5360 remove_sal (&expanded, i);
5361 --i;
5362 }
5363 else if (func_addr == pc)
5364 {
5365 /* We're at beginning of a function, and should
5366 skip prologue. */
5367 struct symbol *sym = find_pc_function (pc);
5368 if (sym)
5369 expanded.sals[i] = find_function_start_sal (sym, 1);
5370 else
5371 expanded.sals[i].pc
5372 = gdbarch_skip_prologue (current_gdbarch, pc);
5373 }
5374 }
5375 }
5376 }
5377
5378
5379 if (expanded.nelts <= 1)
5380 {
5381 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
5382 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
5383 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
5384 xfree (expanded.sals);
5385 expanded.nelts = 1;
5386 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5387 sal.pc = original_pc;
5388 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5389 return expanded;
5390 }
5391
5392 if (original_pc)
5393 {
5394 found = 0;
5395 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5396 if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc)
5397 {
5398 found = 1;
5399 break;
5400 }
5401 gdb_assert (found);
5402 }
5403
5404 return expanded;
5405 }
5406
5407 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
5408 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
5409 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
5410 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
5411 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
5412 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
5413 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
5414 we take just a single condition string.
5415
5416 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
5417 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
5418 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
5419 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
5420 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
5421
5422 static void
5423 create_breakpoints (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char **addr_string,
5424 char *cond_string,
5425 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5426 int thread, int ignore_count,
5427 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
5428 int enabled)
5429 {
5430 int i;
5431 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5432 {
5433 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded =
5434 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]);
5435
5436 create_breakpoint (expanded, addr_string[i],
5437 cond_string, type, disposition,
5438 thread, ignore_count, ops, from_tty, enabled);
5439 }
5440
5441 update_global_location_list (1);
5442 }
5443
5444 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
5445 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
5446 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
5447 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
5448
5449 static void
5450 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
5451 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5452 char ***addr_string,
5453 int *not_found_ptr)
5454 {
5455 char *addr_start = *address;
5456 *addr_string = NULL;
5457 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
5458 breakpoint. */
5459 if ((*address) == NULL
5460 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
5461 {
5462 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
5463 {
5464 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5465 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
5466 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
5467 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5468 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
5469 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
5470 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
5471 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
5472 sals->sals[0] = sal;
5473 sals->nelts = 1;
5474 }
5475 else
5476 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
5477 }
5478 else
5479 {
5480 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
5481 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
5482 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
5483 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
5484 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
5485 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
5486
5487 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
5488
5489 if (default_breakpoint_valid
5490 && (!cursal.symtab
5491 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
5492 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
5493 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
5494 default_breakpoint_line, addr_string,
5495 not_found_ptr);
5496 else
5497 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
5498 addr_string, not_found_ptr);
5499 }
5500 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
5501 if (sals->nelts > 0 && *addr_string == NULL)
5502 *addr_string = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char **));
5503 if (addr_start != (*address))
5504 {
5505 int i;
5506 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5507 {
5508 /* Add the string if not present. */
5509 if ((*addr_string)[i] == NULL)
5510 (*addr_string)[i] = savestring (addr_start, (*address) - addr_start);
5511 }
5512 }
5513 }
5514
5515
5516 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
5517 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
5518
5519 static void
5520 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5521 char *address)
5522 {
5523 int i;
5524 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5525 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
5526 }
5527
5528 static void
5529 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out *ui, void *data)
5530 {
5531 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args *args = data;
5532
5533 parse_breakpoint_sals (args->arg_p, args->sals_p, args->addr_string_p,
5534 args->not_found_ptr);
5535 }
5536
5537 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
5538 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
5539 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
5540 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
5541 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
5542 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
5543 static void
5544 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
5545 char **cond_string, int *thread)
5546 {
5547 *cond_string = NULL;
5548 *thread = -1;
5549 while (tok && *tok)
5550 {
5551 char *end_tok;
5552 int toklen;
5553 char *cond_start = NULL;
5554 char *cond_end = NULL;
5555 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
5556 tok++;
5557
5558 end_tok = tok;
5559
5560 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
5561 end_tok++;
5562
5563 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5564
5565 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
5566 {
5567 struct expression *expr;
5568
5569 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
5570 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
5571 xfree (expr);
5572 cond_end = tok;
5573 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
5574 cond_end - cond_start);
5575 }
5576 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
5577 {
5578 char *tmptok;
5579
5580 tok = end_tok + 1;
5581 tmptok = tok;
5582 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
5583 if (tok == tmptok)
5584 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
5585 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
5586 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
5587 }
5588 else
5589 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
5590 }
5591 }
5592
5593 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between
5594 CLI and MI functions for setting a breakpoint.
5595 This function has two major modes of operations,
5596 selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD parameter.
5597 If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
5598 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise,
5599 ARG is just the location of breakpoint, with condition
5600 and thread specified by the COND_STRING and THREAD
5601 parameters. */
5602
5603 static void
5604 break_command_really (char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
5605 int parse_condition_and_thread,
5606 int tempflag, int hardwareflag, int traceflag,
5607 int ignore_count,
5608 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
5609 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
5610 int from_tty,
5611 int enabled)
5612 {
5613 struct gdb_exception e;
5614 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
5615 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
5616 char *copy_arg;
5617 char *err_msg;
5618 char *addr_start = arg;
5619 char **addr_string;
5620 struct cleanup *old_chain;
5621 struct cleanup *breakpoint_chain = NULL;
5622 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args;
5623 int i;
5624 int pending = 0;
5625 int not_found = 0;
5626 enum bptype type_wanted;
5627
5628 sals.sals = NULL;
5629 sals.nelts = 0;
5630 addr_string = NULL;
5631
5632 parse_args.arg_p = &arg;
5633 parse_args.sals_p = &sals;
5634 parse_args.addr_string_p = &addr_string;
5635 parse_args.not_found_ptr = &not_found;
5636
5637 e = catch_exception (uiout, do_captured_parse_breakpoint,
5638 &parse_args, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5639
5640 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
5641 switch (e.reason)
5642 {
5643 case RETURN_QUIT:
5644 throw_exception (e);
5645 case RETURN_ERROR:
5646 switch (e.error)
5647 {
5648 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
5649
5650 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
5651 error. */
5652
5653 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
5654 throw_exception (e);
5655
5656 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
5657
5658 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
5659 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
5660 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO &&
5661 !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
5662 return;
5663
5664 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
5665 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
5666 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
5667 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
5668 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
5669 addr_string = &copy_arg;
5670 sals.nelts = 1;
5671 sals.sals = &pending_sal;
5672 pending_sal.pc = 0;
5673 pending = 1;
5674 break;
5675 default:
5676 throw_exception (e);
5677 }
5678 default:
5679 if (!sals.nelts)
5680 return;
5681 }
5682
5683 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
5684 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5685
5686 if (!pending)
5687 {
5688 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
5689 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
5690
5691 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
5692 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
5693 }
5694
5695 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
5696 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
5697 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
5698 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
5699 breakpoint_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5700
5701 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
5702 the breakpoint_chain and only occure if the breakpoint create
5703 fails. */
5704 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
5705 {
5706 if (addr_string[i] != NULL)
5707 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string[i]);
5708 }
5709
5710 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
5711 are ok for the target. */
5712 if (!pending)
5713 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals, addr_start);
5714
5715 type_wanted = (traceflag
5716 ? bp_tracepoint
5717 : (hardwareflag ? bp_hardware_breakpoint : bp_breakpoint));
5718
5719 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
5720 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
5721 breakpoint. */
5722 if (!pending)
5723 {
5724 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
5725 {
5726 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
5727 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
5728 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
5729 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
5730 cond_string = NULL;
5731 thread = -1;
5732 find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string, &thread);
5733 if (cond_string)
5734 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5735 }
5736 else
5737 {
5738 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
5739 if (cond_string)
5740 {
5741 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
5742 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5743 }
5744 }
5745 create_breakpoints (sals, addr_string, cond_string, type_wanted,
5746 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
5747 thread, ignore_count, ops, from_tty, enabled);
5748 }
5749 else
5750 {
5751 struct symtab_and_line sal = {0};
5752 struct breakpoint *b;
5753
5754 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
5755
5756 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (type_wanted);
5757 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5758 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5759 b->thread = -1;
5760 b->addr_string = addr_string[0];
5761 b->cond_string = NULL;
5762 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5763 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
5764 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
5765 b->ops = ops;
5766 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
5767
5768 update_global_location_list (1);
5769 mention (b);
5770 }
5771
5772 if (sals.nelts > 1)
5773 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
5774 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
5775 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
5776 breakpoint. */
5777 discard_cleanups (breakpoint_chain);
5778 /* But cleanup everything else. */
5779 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5780 }
5781
5782 /* Set a breakpoint.
5783 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
5784 condition, and thread.
5785 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
5786 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
5787 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
5788
5789 static void
5790 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
5791 {
5792 int hardwareflag = flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG;
5793 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
5794
5795 break_command_really (arg,
5796 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
5797 tempflag, hardwareflag, 0 /* traceflag */,
5798 0 /* Ignore count */,
5799 pending_break_support,
5800 NULL /* breakpoint_ops */,
5801 from_tty,
5802 1 /* enabled */);
5803 }
5804
5805
5806 void
5807 set_breakpoint (char *address, char *condition,
5808 int hardwareflag, int tempflag,
5809 int thread, int ignore_count,
5810 int pending, int enabled)
5811 {
5812 break_command_really (address, condition, thread,
5813 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
5814 tempflag, hardwareflag, 0 /* traceflag */,
5815 ignore_count,
5816 pending
5817 ? AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE : AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE,
5818 NULL, 0, enabled);
5819 }
5820
5821 /* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue.
5822 The end of the prologue is determined using the line table from
5823 the debugging information.
5824
5825 If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing. */
5826
5827 static void
5828 skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5829 {
5830 struct symbol *sym = find_pc_function (sal->pc);
5831 struct symtab_and_line start_sal;
5832
5833 if (sym == NULL)
5834 return;
5835
5836 start_sal = find_function_start_sal (sym, 1);
5837 if (sal->pc < start_sal.pc)
5838 *sal = start_sal;
5839 }
5840
5841 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
5842
5843 void
5844 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5845 {
5846 CORE_ADDR pc;
5847
5848 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5849 {
5850 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
5851 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
5852 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
5853 sal->pc = pc;
5854
5855 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
5856 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
5857 if (sal->explicit_line)
5858 {
5859 /* Preserve the original line number. */
5860 int saved_line = sal->line;
5861 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
5862 sal->line = saved_line;
5863 }
5864 }
5865
5866 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5867 {
5868 struct blockvector *bv;
5869 struct block *b;
5870 struct symbol *sym;
5871
5872 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
5873 if (bv != NULL)
5874 {
5875 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
5876 if (sym != NULL)
5877 {
5878 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
5879 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
5880 }
5881 else
5882 {
5883 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
5884 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
5885 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
5886 source). */
5887
5888 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
5889
5890 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
5891 if (msym)
5892 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
5893 }
5894 }
5895 }
5896 }
5897
5898 void
5899 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5900 {
5901 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
5902 }
5903
5904 void
5905 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5906 {
5907 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
5908 }
5909
5910 static void
5911 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5912 {
5913 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
5914 }
5915
5916 static void
5917 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5918 {
5919 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
5920 }
5921
5922 static void
5923 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5924 {
5925 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
5926 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
5927 stop at <line>\n"));
5928 }
5929
5930 static void
5931 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5932 {
5933 int badInput = 0;
5934
5935 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
5936 badInput = 1;
5937 else if (*arg != '*')
5938 {
5939 char *argptr = arg;
5940 int hasColon = 0;
5941
5942 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
5943 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
5944 function/method name */
5945 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
5946 {
5947 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
5948 argptr++;
5949 }
5950
5951 if (hasColon)
5952 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
5953 else
5954 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
5955 }
5956
5957 if (badInput)
5958 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
5959 else
5960 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
5961 }
5962
5963 static void
5964 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5965 {
5966 int badInput = 0;
5967
5968 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
5969 badInput = 1;
5970 else
5971 {
5972 char *argptr = arg;
5973 int hasColon = 0;
5974
5975 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
5976 it is probably a line number. */
5977 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
5978 {
5979 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
5980 argptr++;
5981 }
5982
5983 if (hasColon)
5984 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
5985 else
5986 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
5987 }
5988
5989 if (badInput)
5990 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
5991 else
5992 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
5993 }
5994
5995 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
5996 hw_read: watch read,
5997 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
5998 static void
5999 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
6000 {
6001 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
6002 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6003 struct expression *exp;
6004 struct block *exp_valid_block;
6005 struct value *val, *mark;
6006 struct frame_info *frame;
6007 struct frame_info *prev_frame = NULL;
6008 char *exp_start = NULL;
6009 char *exp_end = NULL;
6010 char *tok, *id_tok_start, *end_tok;
6011 int toklen;
6012 char *cond_start = NULL;
6013 char *cond_end = NULL;
6014 struct expression *cond = NULL;
6015 int i, other_type_used, target_resources_ok = 0;
6016 enum bptype bp_type;
6017 int mem_cnt = 0;
6018 int thread = -1;
6019
6020 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
6021
6022 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
6023 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
6024 {
6025 toklen = strlen (arg); /* Size of argument list. */
6026
6027 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
6028 tok = arg + toklen - 1;
6029
6030 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
6031 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
6032 be the thread identifier. */
6033 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
6034 tok--;
6035 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
6036 tok--;
6037
6038 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
6039 id_tok_start = tok + 1;
6040
6041 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
6042 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
6043 reach a "thread" token. */
6044 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
6045 tok--;
6046
6047 end_tok = tok;
6048
6049 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
6050 tok--;
6051
6052 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
6053 calculate the length of the token. */
6054 tok++;
6055 toklen = end_tok - tok;
6056
6057 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
6058 {
6059 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
6060 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
6061 only in a specific thread. */
6062 char *endp;
6063
6064 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
6065 thread = strtol (id_tok_start, &endp, 0);
6066
6067 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
6068 thread ID. */
6069 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
6070 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start);
6071
6072 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
6073 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
6074 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
6075
6076 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
6077 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
6078 evaluate_expression() function. */
6079 *tok = '\0';
6080 }
6081 }
6082
6083 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
6084 innermost_block = NULL;
6085 exp_start = arg;
6086 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
6087 exp_end = arg;
6088 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
6089 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
6090 prettier. */
6091 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
6092 --exp_end;
6093
6094 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
6095 mark = value_mark ();
6096 fetch_watchpoint_value (exp, &val, NULL, NULL);
6097 if (val != NULL)
6098 release_value (val);
6099
6100 tok = arg;
6101 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
6102 tok++;
6103 end_tok = tok;
6104
6105 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
6106 end_tok++;
6107
6108 toklen = end_tok - tok;
6109 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
6110 {
6111 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
6112 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
6113 cond_end = tok;
6114 }
6115 if (*tok)
6116 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
6117
6118 if (accessflag == hw_read)
6119 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
6120 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
6121 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
6122 else
6123 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
6124
6125 mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val);
6126 if (mem_cnt == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
6127 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
6128 if (mem_cnt != 0)
6129 {
6130 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type, &other_type_used);
6131 target_resources_ok =
6132 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_type, i + mem_cnt,
6133 other_type_used);
6134 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
6135 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
6136
6137 if (target_resources_ok < 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
6138 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
6139 }
6140
6141 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
6142 watchpoint could not be set. */
6143 if (!mem_cnt || target_resources_ok <= 0)
6144 bp_type = bp_watchpoint;
6145
6146 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
6147 if (frame)
6148 prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
6149 else
6150 prev_frame = NULL;
6151
6152 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
6153 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
6154 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
6155 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
6156 if (innermost_block && prev_frame)
6157 {
6158 scope_breakpoint = create_internal_breakpoint (get_frame_pc (prev_frame),
6159 bp_watchpoint_scope);
6160
6161 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6162
6163 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
6164 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
6165
6166 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
6167 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = get_frame_id (prev_frame);
6168
6169 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
6170 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
6171 = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
6172 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
6173 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
6174 scope_breakpoint->type);
6175 }
6176
6177 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
6178 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_type);
6179 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6180 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6181 b->thread = thread;
6182 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
6183 b->exp = exp;
6184 b->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
6185 b->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
6186 b->val = val;
6187 b->val_valid = 1;
6188 b->loc->cond = cond;
6189 if (cond_start)
6190 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
6191 else
6192 b->cond_string = 0;
6193
6194 if (frame)
6195 b->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
6196 else
6197 b->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
6198
6199 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
6200 {
6201 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
6202 need to act on them together. */
6203 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
6204 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
6205 }
6206
6207 value_free_to_mark (mark);
6208 mention (b);
6209 update_global_location_list (1);
6210 }
6211
6212 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
6213 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
6214 in hardware return zero. */
6215
6216 static int
6217 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
6218 {
6219 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
6220 struct value *head = v;
6221
6222 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
6223 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
6224 return 0;
6225
6226 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
6227 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
6228 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
6229 hardware watchpoint.
6230
6231 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
6232 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
6233 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
6234 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
6235 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
6236 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
6237 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
6238 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
6239 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
6240
6241 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
6242 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
6243 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
6244 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
6245 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
6246 {
6247 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
6248 {
6249 if (value_lazy (v))
6250 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
6251 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
6252 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
6253 ;
6254 else
6255 {
6256 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
6257 it with hardware watchpoints. */
6258 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
6259
6260 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
6261 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
6262 middle of some value chain. */
6263 if (v == head
6264 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
6265 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
6266 {
6267 CORE_ADDR vaddr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
6268 int len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
6269
6270 if (!TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (vaddr, len))
6271 return 0;
6272 else
6273 found_memory_cnt++;
6274 }
6275 }
6276 }
6277 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
6278 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
6279 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
6280 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
6281 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
6282 }
6283
6284 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
6285 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
6286 return found_memory_cnt;
6287 }
6288
6289 void
6290 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6291 {
6292 watch_command (arg, from_tty);
6293 }
6294
6295 static void
6296 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6297 {
6298 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
6299 }
6300
6301 void
6302 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6303 {
6304 rwatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6305 }
6306
6307 static void
6308 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6309 {
6310 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
6311 }
6312
6313 void
6314 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6315 {
6316 awatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6317 }
6318
6319 static void
6320 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6321 {
6322 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
6323 }
6324 \f
6325
6326 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
6327 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
6328
6329 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
6330 {
6331 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
6332 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
6333 };
6334
6335 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
6336 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
6337 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
6338 command. */
6339 static void
6340 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg)
6341 {
6342 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
6343
6344 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
6345 if (a->breakpoint2)
6346 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
6347 }
6348
6349 void
6350 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
6351 {
6352 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6353 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6354 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
6355 struct frame_info *prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
6356 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
6357 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
6358 struct cleanup *old_chain;
6359
6360 clear_proceed_status ();
6361
6362 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
6363 this function */
6364
6365 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
6366 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
6367 default_breakpoint_line, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6368 else
6369 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL,
6370 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6371
6372 if (sals.nelts != 1)
6373 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
6374
6375 sal = sals.sals[0];
6376 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed */
6377
6378 if (*arg)
6379 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6380
6381 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
6382
6383 if (anywhere)
6384 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
6385 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
6386 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, null_frame_id, bp_until);
6387 else
6388 /* Otherwise, specify the current frame, because we want to stop only
6389 at the very same frame. */
6390 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (frame),
6391 bp_until);
6392
6393 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6394
6395 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
6396 one. */
6397 if (prev_frame)
6398 {
6399 sal = find_pc_line (get_frame_pc (prev_frame), 0);
6400 sal.pc = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
6401 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (prev_frame),
6402 bp_until);
6403 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
6404 }
6405
6406 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
6407
6408 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
6409 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
6410 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
6411 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
6412
6413 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
6414 {
6415 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
6416 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
6417
6418 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
6419 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
6420
6421 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
6422 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
6423 until_break_command_continuation, args,
6424 xfree);
6425 }
6426 else
6427 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6428 }
6429
6430 static void
6431 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s)
6432 {
6433 if ((s == NULL) || (*s == NULL))
6434 return;
6435 while (isspace (**s))
6436 *s += 1;
6437 }
6438
6439 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
6440 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6441
6442 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
6443 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
6444 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
6445 if clause in the arg string. */
6446
6447 static char *
6448 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
6449 {
6450 char *cond_string;
6451
6452 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
6453 return NULL;
6454
6455 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
6456 (*arg) += 2;
6457
6458 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
6459 condition string. */
6460 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg);
6461 cond_string = *arg;
6462
6463 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
6464 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
6465
6466 return cond_string;
6467 }
6468
6469 /* This function attempts to parse an optional filename from the arg
6470 string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6471
6472 Else, it returns a pointer to the parsed filename. (This function
6473 makes no attempt to verify that a file of that name exists, or is
6474 accessible.) And, it updates arg to point to the first character
6475 following the parsed filename in the arg string.
6476
6477 Note that clients needing to preserve the returned filename for
6478 future access should copy it to their own buffers. */
6479 static char *
6480 ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg)
6481 {
6482 static char filename[1024];
6483 char *arg_p = *arg;
6484 int i;
6485 char c;
6486
6487 if ((*arg_p == '\0') || isspace (*arg_p))
6488 return NULL;
6489
6490 for (i = 0;; i++)
6491 {
6492 c = *arg_p;
6493 if (isspace (c))
6494 c = '\0';
6495 filename[i] = c;
6496 if (c == '\0')
6497 break;
6498 arg_p++;
6499 }
6500 *arg = arg_p;
6501
6502 return filename;
6503 }
6504
6505 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
6506 process start/exit, etc. */
6507
6508 typedef enum
6509 {
6510 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
6511 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
6512 }
6513 catch_fork_kind;
6514
6515 static void
6516 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6517 {
6518 char *cond_string = NULL;
6519 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
6520 int tempflag;
6521
6522 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
6523 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
6524 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
6525
6526 if (!arg)
6527 arg = "";
6528 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6529
6530 /* The allowed syntax is:
6531 catch [v]fork
6532 catch [v]fork if <cond>
6533
6534 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6535 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6536
6537 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6538 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6539
6540 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
6541 and enable reporting of such events. */
6542 switch (fork_kind)
6543 {
6544 case catch_fork_temporary:
6545 case catch_fork_permanent:
6546 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string,
6547 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
6548 break;
6549 case catch_vfork_temporary:
6550 case catch_vfork_permanent:
6551 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string,
6552 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
6553 break;
6554 default:
6555 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
6556 break;
6557 }
6558 }
6559
6560 static void
6561 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6562 {
6563 int tempflag;
6564 char *cond_string = NULL;
6565
6566 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6567
6568 if (!arg)
6569 arg = "";
6570 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6571
6572 /* The allowed syntax is:
6573 catch exec
6574 catch exec if <cond>
6575
6576 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6577 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6578
6579 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6580 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6581
6582 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
6583 and enable reporting of such events. */
6584 create_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
6585 }
6586
6587 static enum print_stop_action
6588 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6589 {
6590 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
6591
6592 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6593
6594 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
6595 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
6596 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
6597 b->loc->address,
6598 b->number, 1);
6599 bp_temp = b->loc->owner->disposition == disp_del;
6600 ui_out_text (uiout,
6601 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
6602 : "Catchpoint ");
6603 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6604 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6605 ui_out_text (uiout,
6606 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
6607 : " (exception caught), ");
6608 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6609 {
6610 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6611 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
6612 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6613 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6614 }
6615 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6616 }
6617
6618 static void
6619 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
6620 {
6621 struct value_print_options opts;
6622 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6623 if (opts.addressprint)
6624 {
6625 annotate_field (4);
6626 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
6627 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6628 else
6629 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", b->loc->address);
6630 }
6631 annotate_field (5);
6632 if (b->loc)
6633 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
6634 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
6635 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
6636 else
6637 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
6638 }
6639
6640 static void
6641 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6642 {
6643 int bp_temp;
6644 int bp_throw;
6645
6646 bp_temp = b->loc->owner->disposition == disp_del;
6647 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
6648 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
6649 : _("Catchpoint "));
6650 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6651 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
6652 : _(" (catch)"));
6653 }
6654
6655 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops = {
6656 NULL, /* insert */
6657 NULL, /* remove */
6658 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
6659 print_exception_catchpoint,
6660 print_one_exception_catchpoint,
6661 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
6662 };
6663
6664 static int
6665 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6666 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
6667 {
6668 char *trigger_func_name;
6669
6670 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
6671 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
6672 else
6673 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
6674
6675 break_command_really (trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
6676 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
6677 tempflag, 0, 0,
6678 0,
6679 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
6680 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
6681 1 /* enabled */);
6682
6683 return 1;
6684 }
6685
6686 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
6687
6688 static void
6689 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
6690 int tempflag, int from_tty)
6691 {
6692 char *cond_string = NULL;
6693 struct symtab_and_line *sal = NULL;
6694
6695 if (!arg)
6696 arg = "";
6697 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6698
6699 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6700
6701 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6702 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6703
6704 if ((ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW) &&
6705 (ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH))
6706 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
6707
6708 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
6709 return;
6710
6711 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
6712 }
6713
6714 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
6715
6716 static void
6717 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6718 {
6719 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6720 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
6721 }
6722
6723 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
6724
6725 static void
6726 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6727 {
6728 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6729 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
6730 }
6731
6732 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
6733
6734 static void
6735 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal,
6736 char *addr_string,
6737 char *exp_string,
6738 char *cond_string,
6739 struct expression *cond,
6740 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
6741 int tempflag,
6742 int from_tty)
6743 {
6744 struct breakpoint *b;
6745
6746 if (from_tty)
6747 {
6748 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
6749 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
6750 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
6751 used for different exception names will use the same address.
6752 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
6753 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
6754 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
6755 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
6756 enough for now, though. */
6757 }
6758
6759 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_breakpoint);
6760 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6761
6762 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6763 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6764 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6765 b->ignore_count = 0;
6766 b->loc->cond = cond;
6767 b->addr_string = addr_string;
6768 b->language = language_ada;
6769 b->cond_string = cond_string;
6770 b->exp_string = exp_string;
6771 b->thread = -1;
6772 b->ops = ops;
6773
6774 mention (b);
6775 update_global_location_list (1);
6776 }
6777
6778 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
6779
6780 static void
6781 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int from_tty,
6782 struct cmd_list_element *command)
6783 {
6784 int tempflag;
6785 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6786 enum bptype type;
6787 char *addr_string = NULL;
6788 char *exp_string = NULL;
6789 char *cond_string = NULL;
6790 struct expression *cond = NULL;
6791 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6792
6793 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6794
6795 if (!arg)
6796 arg = "";
6797 sal = ada_decode_exception_location (arg, &addr_string, &exp_string,
6798 &cond_string, &cond, &ops);
6799 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, exp_string,
6800 cond_string, cond, ops, tempflag,
6801 from_tty);
6802 }
6803
6804 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
6805
6806 static void
6807 catch_assert_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6808 {
6809 int tempflag;
6810 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6811 char *addr_string = NULL;
6812 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6813
6814 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6815
6816 if (!arg)
6817 arg = "";
6818 sal = ada_decode_assert_location (arg, &addr_string, &ops);
6819 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, NULL, NULL, NULL, ops,
6820 tempflag, from_tty);
6821 }
6822
6823 static void
6824 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6825 {
6826 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
6827 }
6828 \f
6829
6830 static void
6831 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6832 {
6833 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
6834 }
6835
6836 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
6837
6838 static void
6839 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6840 {
6841 struct breakpoint *b;
6842 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
6843 int ix;
6844 int default_match;
6845 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6846 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6847 int i;
6848
6849 if (arg)
6850 {
6851 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
6852 default_match = 0;
6853 }
6854 else
6855 {
6856 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
6857 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
6858 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
6859 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
6860 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
6861 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
6862 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
6863 if (sal.symtab == 0)
6864 error (_("No source file specified."));
6865
6866 sals.sals[0] = sal;
6867 sals.nelts = 1;
6868
6869 default_match = 1;
6870 }
6871
6872 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
6873 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
6874 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
6875 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
6876 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
6877
6878 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
6879 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
6880 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
6881 due to optimization, all in one block.
6882 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
6883 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
6884 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
6885 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
6886 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
6887 to support that. */
6888
6889 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
6890 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
6891 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
6892 one breakpoint. */
6893
6894 found = NULL;
6895 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
6896 {
6897 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
6898 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
6899 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
6900 or at default pc.
6901
6902 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
6903
6904 0 1 pc
6905 1 1 pc _and_ line
6906 0 0 line
6907 1 0 <can't happen> */
6908
6909 sal = sals.sals[i];
6910
6911 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
6912 'found'. */
6913 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6914 {
6915 int match = 0;
6916 /* Are we going to delete b? */
6917 if (b->type != bp_none
6918 && b->type != bp_watchpoint
6919 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
6920 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
6921 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
6922 {
6923 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
6924 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
6925 {
6926 int pc_match = sal.pc
6927 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
6928 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
6929 || loc->section == sal.section);
6930 int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
6931 && b->source_file != NULL
6932 && sal.symtab != NULL
6933 && strcmp (b->source_file, sal.symtab->filename) == 0
6934 && b->line_number == sal.line);
6935 if (pc_match || line_match)
6936 {
6937 match = 1;
6938 break;
6939 }
6940 }
6941 }
6942
6943 if (match)
6944 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
6945 }
6946 }
6947 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
6948 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
6949 {
6950 if (arg)
6951 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
6952 else
6953 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
6954 }
6955
6956 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
6957 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
6958 if (from_tty)
6959 {
6960 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
6961 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
6962 else
6963 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
6964 }
6965 breakpoints_changed ();
6966
6967 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
6968 {
6969 if (from_tty)
6970 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
6971 delete_breakpoint (b);
6972 }
6973 if (from_tty)
6974 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
6975 }
6976 \f
6977 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
6978 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
6979 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
6980
6981 void
6982 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
6983 {
6984 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
6985
6986 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
6987 if (bs->breakpoint_at
6988 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner
6989 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del
6990 && bs->stop)
6991 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->owner);
6992
6993 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
6994 {
6995 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
6996 delete_breakpoint (b);
6997 }
6998 }
6999
7000 /* A cleanup function which destroys a vector. */
7001
7002 static void
7003 do_vec_free (void *p)
7004 {
7005 VEC(bp_location_p) **vec = p;
7006 if (*vec)
7007 VEC_free (bp_location_p, *vec);
7008 }
7009
7010 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
7011 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
7012 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
7013 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
7014 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
7015 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
7016 returns true on them.
7017
7018 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
7019 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
7020 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
7021 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
7022 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
7023 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
7024
7025 static void
7026 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
7027 {
7028 struct breakpoint *b;
7029 struct bp_location **next = &bp_location_chain;
7030 struct bp_location *loc;
7031 struct bp_location *loc2;
7032 VEC(bp_location_p) *old_locations = NULL;
7033 int ret;
7034 int ix;
7035 struct cleanup *cleanups;
7036
7037 cleanups = make_cleanup (do_vec_free, &old_locations);
7038 /* Store old locations for future reference. */
7039 for (loc = bp_location_chain; loc; loc = loc->global_next)
7040 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, old_locations, loc);
7041
7042 bp_location_chain = NULL;
7043 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7044 {
7045 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
7046 {
7047 *next = loc;
7048 next = &(loc->global_next);
7049 *next = NULL;
7050 }
7051 }
7052
7053 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
7054 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
7055 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
7056 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
7057 we don't need to remove/insert the location. */
7058 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(bp_location_p, old_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
7059 {
7060 /* Tells if 'loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
7061 have to free it. */
7062 int found_object = 0;
7063 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
7064 int keep_in_target = 0;
7065 int removed = 0;
7066 for (loc2 = bp_location_chain; loc2; loc2 = loc2->global_next)
7067 if (loc2 == loc)
7068 {
7069 found_object = 1;
7070 break;
7071 }
7072
7073 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
7074 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
7075 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
7076 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
7077 inserted. */
7078
7079 if (loc->inserted)
7080 {
7081 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
7082
7083 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (loc))
7084 {
7085 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
7086 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
7087 keep_in_target = 1;
7088 }
7089 else
7090 {
7091 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
7092 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
7093 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
7094 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc->owner))
7095 for (loc2 = bp_location_chain; loc2; loc2 = loc2->global_next)
7096 {
7097 /* For the sake of should_insert_location. The
7098 call to check_duplicates will fix up this later. */
7099 loc2->duplicate = 0;
7100 if (should_be_inserted (loc2)
7101 && loc2 != loc && loc2->address == loc->address)
7102 {
7103 loc2->inserted = 1;
7104 loc2->target_info = loc->target_info;
7105 keep_in_target = 1;
7106 break;
7107 }
7108 }
7109 }
7110
7111 if (!keep_in_target)
7112 {
7113 if (remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted))
7114 {
7115 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
7116 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
7117 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
7118 succeed next time.
7119
7120 Note that at this point, loc->owner is still valid,
7121 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
7122 after calling us. */
7123 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
7124 loc->owner->number);
7125 }
7126 removed = 1;
7127 }
7128 }
7129
7130 if (!found_object)
7131 {
7132 if (removed && non_stop)
7133 {
7134 /* This location was removed from the targets. In non-stop mode,
7135 a race condition is possible where we've removed a breakpoint,
7136 but stop events for that breakpoint are already queued and will
7137 arrive later. To suppress spurious SIGTRAPs reported to user,
7138 we keep this breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
7139 after we see 3 * thread_count events.
7140 The theory here is that reporting of events should,
7141 "on the average", be fair, so after that many event we'll see
7142 events from all threads that have anything of interest, and no
7143 longer need to keep this breakpoint. This is just a
7144 heuristic, but if it's wrong, we'll report unexpected SIGTRAP,
7145 which is usability issue, but not a correctness problem. */
7146 loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
7147 loc->owner = NULL;
7148
7149 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, loc);
7150 }
7151 else
7152 free_bp_location (loc);
7153 }
7154 }
7155
7156 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7157 {
7158 check_duplicates (b);
7159 }
7160
7161 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
7162 && (target_has_execution
7163 || (gdbarch_has_global_solist (target_gdbarch)
7164 && target_supports_multi_process ())))
7165 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
7166
7167 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7168 }
7169
7170 void
7171 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
7172 {
7173 struct bp_location *loc;
7174 int ix;
7175
7176 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
7177 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
7178 {
7179 free_bp_location (loc);
7180 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
7181 --ix;
7182 }
7183 }
7184
7185 static void
7186 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
7187 {
7188 struct gdb_exception e;
7189 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7190 update_global_location_list (inserting);
7191 }
7192
7193 /* Clear BPT from a BPS. */
7194 static void
7195 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
7196 {
7197 bpstat bs;
7198 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
7199 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->owner == bpt)
7200 {
7201 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
7202 bs->old_val = NULL;
7203 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
7204 }
7205 }
7206
7207 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
7208 static int
7209 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
7210 {
7211 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
7212 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (th->stop_bpstat, bpt);
7213 return 0;
7214 }
7215
7216 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
7217 structures. */
7218
7219 void
7220 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7221 {
7222 struct breakpoint *b;
7223 struct bp_location *loc, *next;
7224
7225 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
7226
7227 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
7228 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
7229
7230 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
7231 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
7232 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
7233 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
7234 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
7235
7236 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
7237 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
7238 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
7239 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
7240 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
7241 return;
7242
7243 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt->number);
7244
7245 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
7246 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
7247
7248 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7249 if (b->next == bpt)
7250 {
7251 b->next = bpt->next;
7252 break;
7253 }
7254
7255 free_command_lines (&bpt->commands);
7256 if (bpt->cond_string != NULL)
7257 xfree (bpt->cond_string);
7258 if (bpt->addr_string != NULL)
7259 xfree (bpt->addr_string);
7260 if (bpt->exp != NULL)
7261 xfree (bpt->exp);
7262 if (bpt->exp_string != NULL)
7263 xfree (bpt->exp_string);
7264 if (bpt->val != NULL)
7265 value_free (bpt->val);
7266 if (bpt->source_file != NULL)
7267 xfree (bpt->source_file);
7268 if (bpt->exec_pathname != NULL)
7269 xfree (bpt->exec_pathname);
7270
7271 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
7272 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
7273 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
7274 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
7275 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
7276 if we remove it here, then the later call to
7277 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
7278 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
7279 with commands won't work. */
7280
7281 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
7282
7283 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
7284 list, update the global location list. This
7285 will remove locations that used to belong to
7286 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
7287 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
7288 looks at location's owner. It might be better
7289 design to have location completely self-contained,
7290 but it's not the case now. */
7291 update_global_location_list (0);
7292
7293
7294 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
7295 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
7296 bpt->type = bp_none;
7297
7298 xfree (bpt);
7299 }
7300
7301 static void
7302 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
7303 {
7304 delete_breakpoint (b);
7305 }
7306
7307 struct cleanup *
7308 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
7309 {
7310 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
7311 }
7312
7313 void
7314 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7315 {
7316 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7317
7318 dont_repeat ();
7319
7320 if (arg == 0)
7321 {
7322 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
7323
7324 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
7325 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
7326 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
7327 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7328 {
7329 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7330 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7331 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7332 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7333 b->number >= 0)
7334 {
7335 breaks_to_delete = 1;
7336 break;
7337 }
7338 }
7339
7340 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
7341 if (!from_tty
7342 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
7343 {
7344 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7345 {
7346 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7347 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7348 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7349 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7350 b->number >= 0)
7351 delete_breakpoint (b);
7352 }
7353 }
7354 }
7355 else
7356 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, delete_breakpoint);
7357 }
7358
7359 static int
7360 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
7361 {
7362 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
7363 if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
7364 return 0;
7365 return 1;
7366 }
7367
7368 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
7369 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
7370 Null names are ignored. */
7371
7372 static int
7373 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
7374 {
7375 struct bp_location *l;
7376 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
7377 (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq,
7378 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
7379
7380 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7381 {
7382 const char **slot;
7383 const char *name = l->function_name;
7384
7385 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
7386 if (name == NULL)
7387 continue;
7388
7389 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
7390 INSERT);
7391 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
7392 NULL. */
7393 if (*slot != NULL)
7394 {
7395 htab_delete (htab);
7396 return 1;
7397 }
7398 *slot = name;
7399 }
7400
7401 htab_delete (htab);
7402 return 0;
7403 }
7404
7405 static void
7406 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
7407 struct symtabs_and_lines sals)
7408 {
7409 int i;
7410 char *s;
7411 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
7412
7413 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
7414 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
7415 the common case where all locations are in the same
7416 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
7417 retain the location, so that when the library
7418 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
7419 status of the individual locations. */
7420 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
7421 return;
7422
7423 b->loc = NULL;
7424
7425 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7426 {
7427 struct bp_location *new_loc =
7428 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
7429
7430 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
7431 old symtab. */
7432 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
7433 {
7434 struct gdb_exception e;
7435
7436 s = b->cond_string;
7437 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7438 {
7439 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
7440 0);
7441 }
7442 if (e.reason < 0)
7443 {
7444 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
7445 b->number, e.message);
7446 new_loc->enabled = 0;
7447 }
7448 }
7449
7450 if (b->source_file != NULL)
7451 xfree (b->source_file);
7452 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
7453 b->source_file = NULL;
7454 else
7455 b->source_file =
7456 savestring (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename,
7457 strlen (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename));
7458
7459 if (b->line_number == 0)
7460 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
7461 }
7462
7463 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
7464 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
7465 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
7466
7467 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
7468 {
7469 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
7470 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
7471 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
7472 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
7473 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
7474 often enough until a better solution is found. */
7475 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
7476
7477 for (; e; e = e->next)
7478 {
7479 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
7480 {
7481 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
7482 if (have_ambiguous_names)
7483 {
7484 for (; l; l = l->next)
7485 if (e->address == l->address)
7486 {
7487 l->enabled = 0;
7488 break;
7489 }
7490 }
7491 else
7492 {
7493 for (; l; l = l->next)
7494 if (l->function_name
7495 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
7496 {
7497 l->enabled = 0;
7498 break;
7499 }
7500 }
7501 }
7502 }
7503 }
7504
7505 update_global_location_list (1);
7506 }
7507
7508
7509 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
7510 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
7511 Unused in this case. */
7512
7513 static int
7514 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
7515 {
7516 /* get past catch_errs */
7517 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
7518 struct value *mark;
7519 int i;
7520 int not_found = 0;
7521 int *not_found_ptr = &not_found;
7522 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {};
7523 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7524 char *s;
7525 enum enable_state save_enable;
7526 struct gdb_exception e;
7527 struct cleanup *cleanups;
7528
7529 switch (b->type)
7530 {
7531 case bp_none:
7532 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7533 b->number);
7534 return 0;
7535 case bp_breakpoint:
7536 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7537 case bp_tracepoint:
7538 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
7539 {
7540 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
7541 delete_breakpoint (b);
7542 return 0;
7543 }
7544
7545 set_language (b->language);
7546 input_radix = b->input_radix;
7547 s = b->addr_string;
7548 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7549 {
7550 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL,
7551 not_found_ptr);
7552 }
7553 if (e.reason < 0)
7554 {
7555 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
7556 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
7557 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
7558 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
7559 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
7560 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
7561 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
7562 if (not_found
7563 && (b->condition_not_parsed
7564 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
7565 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
7566 not_found_and_ok = 1;
7567
7568 if (!not_found_and_ok)
7569 {
7570 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
7571 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
7572 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
7573 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
7574 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
7575 which approach is better. */
7576 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7577 throw_exception (e);
7578 }
7579 }
7580
7581 if (not_found)
7582 break;
7583
7584 gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1);
7585 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
7586 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
7587 {
7588 char *cond_string = 0;
7589 int thread = -1;
7590 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
7591 &cond_string, &thread);
7592 if (cond_string)
7593 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7594 b->thread = thread;
7595 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7596 }
7597 expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]);
7598 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
7599 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded);
7600 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7601 break;
7602
7603 case bp_watchpoint:
7604 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7605 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7606 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7607 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
7608 or it can be on local variables.
7609
7610 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
7611 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
7612 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
7613 and unloaded.
7614
7615 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
7616 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
7617 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
7618 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
7619 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
7620 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
7621
7622 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
7623 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
7624 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
7625 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
7626
7627 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
7628 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
7629
7630 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
7631 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
7632 update_watchpoint (b, 1 /* reparse */);
7633 break;
7634 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
7635 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
7636 loaded. */
7637 case bp_catchpoint:
7638 break;
7639
7640 default:
7641 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b->type);
7642 /* fall through */
7643 /* Delete overlay event breakpoints; they will be reset later by
7644 breakpoint_re_set. */
7645 case bp_overlay_event:
7646 delete_breakpoint (b);
7647 break;
7648
7649 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
7650 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
7651 case bp_shlib_event:
7652
7653 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
7654 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
7655 case bp_thread_event:
7656
7657 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
7658 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
7659 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
7660 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
7661 case bp_until:
7662 case bp_finish:
7663 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7664 case bp_call_dummy:
7665 case bp_step_resume:
7666 case bp_longjmp:
7667 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7668 break;
7669 }
7670
7671 return 0;
7672 }
7673
7674 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
7675 void
7676 breakpoint_re_set (void)
7677 {
7678 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7679 enum language save_language;
7680 int save_input_radix;
7681
7682 save_language = current_language->la_language;
7683 save_input_radix = input_radix;
7684 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7685 {
7686 /* Format possible error msg */
7687 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
7688 b->number);
7689 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
7690 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7691 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7692 }
7693 set_language (save_language);
7694 input_radix = save_input_radix;
7695
7696 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
7697 }
7698 \f
7699 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
7700
7701 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
7702 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
7703 void
7704 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
7705 {
7706 if (b->thread != -1)
7707 {
7708 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7709 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7710 }
7711 }
7712
7713 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7714 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7715 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7716
7717 void
7718 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
7719 {
7720 struct breakpoint *b;
7721
7722 if (count < 0)
7723 count = 0;
7724
7725 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7726 if (b->number == bptnum)
7727 {
7728 b->ignore_count = count;
7729 if (from_tty)
7730 {
7731 if (count == 0)
7732 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
7733 bptnum);
7734 else if (count == 1)
7735 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
7736 bptnum);
7737 else
7738 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
7739 count, bptnum);
7740 }
7741 breakpoints_changed ();
7742 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
7743 return;
7744 }
7745
7746 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
7747 }
7748
7749 void
7750 make_breakpoint_silent (struct breakpoint *b)
7751 {
7752 /* Silence the breakpoint. */
7753 b->silent = 1;
7754 }
7755
7756 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
7757
7758 static void
7759 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7760 {
7761 char *p = args;
7762 int num;
7763
7764 if (p == 0)
7765 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
7766
7767 num = get_number (&p);
7768 if (num == 0)
7769 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
7770 if (*p == 0)
7771 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
7772
7773 set_ignore_count (num,
7774 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
7775 from_tty);
7776 if (from_tty)
7777 printf_filtered ("\n");
7778 }
7779 \f
7780 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
7781 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
7782
7783 static void
7784 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *))
7785 {
7786 char *p = args;
7787 char *p1;
7788 int num;
7789 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
7790 int match;
7791
7792 if (p == 0)
7793 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
7794
7795 while (*p)
7796 {
7797 match = 0;
7798 p1 = p;
7799
7800 num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7801 if (num == 0)
7802 {
7803 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
7804 }
7805 else
7806 {
7807 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
7808 if (b->number == num)
7809 {
7810 struct breakpoint *related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
7811 match = 1;
7812 function (b);
7813 if (related_breakpoint)
7814 function (related_breakpoint);
7815 break;
7816 }
7817 if (match == 0)
7818 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
7819 }
7820 p = p1;
7821 }
7822 }
7823
7824 static struct bp_location *
7825 find_location_by_number (char *number)
7826 {
7827 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
7828 char *p1;
7829 int bp_num;
7830 int loc_num;
7831 struct breakpoint *b;
7832 struct bp_location *loc;
7833
7834 *dot = '\0';
7835
7836 p1 = number;
7837 bp_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7838 if (bp_num == 0)
7839 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7840
7841 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7842 if (b->number == bp_num)
7843 {
7844 break;
7845 }
7846
7847 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
7848 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7849
7850 p1 = dot+1;
7851 loc_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7852 if (loc_num == 0)
7853 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
7854
7855 --loc_num;
7856 loc = b->loc;
7857 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
7858 ;
7859 if (!loc)
7860 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
7861
7862 return loc;
7863 }
7864
7865
7866 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7867 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7868 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7869
7870 void
7871 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7872 {
7873 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
7874 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
7875 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
7876 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
7877 return;
7878
7879 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
7880 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
7881 return;
7882
7883 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7884
7885 update_global_location_list (0);
7886
7887 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt->number);
7888 }
7889
7890 static void
7891 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7892 {
7893 struct breakpoint *bpt;
7894 if (args == 0)
7895 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
7896 switch (bpt->type)
7897 {
7898 case bp_none:
7899 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7900 bpt->number);
7901 continue;
7902 case bp_breakpoint:
7903 case bp_tracepoint:
7904 case bp_catchpoint:
7905 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7906 case bp_watchpoint:
7907 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7908 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7909 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7910 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
7911 default:
7912 continue;
7913 }
7914 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
7915 {
7916 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
7917 if (loc)
7918 loc->enabled = 0;
7919 update_global_location_list (0);
7920 }
7921 else
7922 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, disable_breakpoint);
7923 }
7924
7925 static void
7926 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
7927 {
7928 int target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
7929 struct value *mark;
7930
7931 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7932 {
7933 int i;
7934 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7935 target_resources_ok =
7936 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7937 i + 1, 0);
7938 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7939 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7940 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7941 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7942 }
7943
7944 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint ||
7945 bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
7946 bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
7947 bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
7948 {
7949 struct gdb_exception e;
7950
7951 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
7952 {
7953 update_watchpoint (bpt, 1 /* reparse */);
7954 }
7955 if (e.reason < 0)
7956 {
7957 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
7958 bpt->number);
7959 return;
7960 }
7961 }
7962
7963 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
7964 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7965 bpt->disposition = disposition;
7966 update_global_location_list (1);
7967 breakpoints_changed ();
7968
7969 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt->number);
7970 }
7971
7972
7973 void
7974 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7975 {
7976 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, bpt->disposition);
7977 }
7978
7979 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
7980 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
7981 in stopping the inferior. */
7982
7983 static void
7984 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7985 {
7986 struct breakpoint *bpt;
7987 if (args == 0)
7988 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
7989 switch (bpt->type)
7990 {
7991 case bp_none:
7992 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7993 bpt->number);
7994 continue;
7995 case bp_breakpoint:
7996 case bp_tracepoint:
7997 case bp_catchpoint:
7998 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7999 case bp_watchpoint:
8000 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8001 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8002 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8003 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
8004 default:
8005 continue;
8006 }
8007 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
8008 {
8009 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
8010 if (loc)
8011 loc->enabled = 1;
8012 update_global_location_list (1);
8013 }
8014 else
8015 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_breakpoint);
8016 }
8017
8018 static void
8019 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8020 {
8021 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_disable);
8022 }
8023
8024 static void
8025 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8026 {
8027 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_once_breakpoint);
8028 }
8029
8030 static void
8031 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8032 {
8033 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_del);
8034 }
8035
8036 static void
8037 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8038 {
8039 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_delete_breakpoint);
8040 }
8041 \f
8042 static void
8043 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
8044 {
8045 }
8046
8047 static void
8048 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
8049 {
8050 }
8051
8052 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
8053
8054 struct symtabs_and_lines
8055 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
8056 {
8057 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8058 if (string == 0)
8059 error (_("Empty line specification."));
8060 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
8061 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
8062 default_breakpoint_symtab,
8063 default_breakpoint_line,
8064 (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8065 else
8066 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
8067 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8068 if (*string)
8069 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
8070 return sals;
8071 }
8072
8073 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
8074 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
8075 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
8076 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
8077 someday. */
8078
8079 void *
8080 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR pc)
8081 {
8082 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
8083
8084 bp_tgt = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8085 memset (bp_tgt, 0, sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8086
8087 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
8088 if (target_insert_breakpoint (bp_tgt) != 0)
8089 {
8090 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
8091 xfree (bp_tgt);
8092 return NULL;
8093 }
8094
8095 return bp_tgt;
8096 }
8097
8098 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
8099
8100 int
8101 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (void *bp)
8102 {
8103 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
8104 int ret;
8105
8106 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (bp_tgt);
8107 xfree (bp_tgt);
8108
8109 return ret;
8110 }
8111
8112 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
8113
8114 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
8115
8116 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
8117
8118 void
8119 insert_single_step_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR next_pc)
8120 {
8121 void **bpt_p;
8122
8123 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
8124 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
8125 else
8126 {
8127 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
8128 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
8129 }
8130
8131 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
8132 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
8133 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
8134 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
8135 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
8136 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
8137
8138 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (next_pc);
8139 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
8140 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at 0x%s"),
8141 paddr_nz (next_pc));
8142 }
8143
8144 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
8145
8146 void
8147 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
8148 {
8149 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
8150
8151 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
8152 call. */
8153 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[0]);
8154 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
8155
8156 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
8157 {
8158 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[1]);
8159 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
8160 }
8161 }
8162
8163 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
8164
8165 static int
8166 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
8167 {
8168 int i;
8169
8170 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
8171 {
8172 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
8173 if (bp_tgt && bp_tgt->placed_address == pc)
8174 return 1;
8175 }
8176
8177 return 0;
8178 }
8179
8180 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
8181
8182 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
8183 static void
8184 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
8185 {
8186 tracepoint_count = num;
8187 set_internalvar (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"),
8188 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int32, (LONGEST) num));
8189 }
8190
8191 void
8192 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8193 {
8194 break_command_really (arg,
8195 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8196 0 /* tempflag */, 0 /* hardwareflag */,
8197 1 /* traceflag */,
8198 0 /* Ignore count */,
8199 pending_break_support,
8200 NULL,
8201 from_tty,
8202 1 /* enabled */);
8203 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8204 }
8205
8206 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
8207 omitted. */
8208
8209 static void
8210 tracepoints_info (char *tpnum_exp, int from_tty)
8211 {
8212 struct breakpoint *b;
8213 int tps_to_list = 0;
8214
8215 /* In the no-arguments case, say "No tracepoints" if none found. */
8216 if (tpnum_exp == 0)
8217 {
8218 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
8219 {
8220 if (b->number >= 0)
8221 {
8222 tps_to_list = 1;
8223 break;
8224 }
8225 }
8226 if (!tps_to_list)
8227 {
8228 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
8229 return;
8230 }
8231 }
8232
8233 /* Otherwise be the same as "info break". */
8234 breakpoints_info (tpnum_exp, from_tty);
8235 }
8236
8237 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
8238 Not supported by all targets. */
8239 static void
8240 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8241 {
8242 enable_command (args, from_tty);
8243 }
8244
8245 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
8246 Not supported by all targets. */
8247 static void
8248 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8249 {
8250 disable_command (args, from_tty);
8251 }
8252
8253 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument) */
8254 static void
8255 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8256 {
8257 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
8258
8259 dont_repeat ();
8260
8261 if (arg == 0)
8262 {
8263 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
8264
8265 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
8266 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
8267 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
8268 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
8269 {
8270 if (b->number >= 0)
8271 {
8272 breaks_to_delete = 1;
8273 break;
8274 }
8275 }
8276
8277 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
8278 if (!from_tty
8279 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
8280 {
8281 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
8282 {
8283 if (b->type == bp_tracepoint &&
8284 b->number >= 0)
8285 delete_breakpoint (b);
8286 }
8287 }
8288 }
8289 else
8290 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, delete_breakpoint);
8291 }
8292
8293 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
8294
8295 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
8296 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
8297 Also accepts special argument "all". */
8298
8299 static void
8300 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8301 {
8302 struct breakpoint *t1 = (struct breakpoint *) -1, *t2;
8303 unsigned int count;
8304 int all = 0;
8305
8306 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
8307 error (_("passcount command requires an argument (count + optional TP num)"));
8308
8309 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
8310
8311 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
8312 args++;
8313
8314 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
8315 {
8316 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
8317 all = 1;
8318 if (*args)
8319 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8320 }
8321 else
8322 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, 1, 1);
8323
8324 do
8325 {
8326 if (t1)
8327 {
8328 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t2)
8329 if (t1 == (struct breakpoint *) -1 || t1 == t2)
8330 {
8331 t2->pass_count = count;
8332 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (t2->number);
8333 if (from_tty)
8334 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
8335 t2->number, count);
8336 }
8337 if (! all && *args)
8338 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, 1, 0);
8339 }
8340 }
8341 while (*args);
8342 }
8343
8344 struct breakpoint *
8345 get_tracepoint (int num)
8346 {
8347 struct breakpoint *t;
8348
8349 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
8350 if (t->number == num)
8351 return t;
8352
8353 return NULL;
8354 }
8355
8356 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
8357 If MULTI_P is true, there might be a range of tracepoints in ARG.
8358 if OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
8359 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
8360 struct breakpoint *
8361 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg, int multi_p, int optional_p)
8362 {
8363 extern int tracepoint_count;
8364 struct breakpoint *t;
8365 int tpnum;
8366 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
8367
8368 if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
8369 {
8370 if (optional_p)
8371 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
8372 else
8373 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
8374 }
8375 else
8376 tpnum = multi_p ? get_number_or_range (arg) : get_number (arg);
8377
8378 if (tpnum <= 0)
8379 {
8380 if (instring && *instring)
8381 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
8382 instring);
8383 else
8384 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing and no previous tracepoint\n"));
8385 return NULL;
8386 }
8387
8388 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
8389 if (t->number == tpnum)
8390 {
8391 return t;
8392 }
8393
8394 /* FIXME: if we are in the middle of a range we don't want to give
8395 a message. The current interface to get_number_or_range doesn't
8396 allow us to discover this. */
8397 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
8398 return NULL;
8399 }
8400
8401 /* save-tracepoints command */
8402 static void
8403 tracepoint_save_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8404 {
8405 struct breakpoint *tp;
8406 int any_tp = 0;
8407 struct action_line *line;
8408 FILE *fp;
8409 char *i1 = " ", *i2 = " ";
8410 char *indent, *actionline, *pathname;
8411 char tmp[40];
8412 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8413
8414 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
8415 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save tracepoints)"));
8416
8417 /* See if we have anything to save. */
8418 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
8419 {
8420 any_tp = 1;
8421 break;
8422 }
8423 if (!any_tp)
8424 {
8425 warning (_("save-tracepoints: no tracepoints to save."));
8426 return;
8427 }
8428
8429 pathname = tilde_expand (args);
8430 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
8431 if (!(fp = fopen (pathname, "w")))
8432 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving tracepoints (%s)"),
8433 args, safe_strerror (errno));
8434 make_cleanup_fclose (fp);
8435
8436 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
8437 {
8438 if (tp->addr_string)
8439 fprintf (fp, "trace %s\n", tp->addr_string);
8440 else
8441 {
8442 sprintf_vma (tmp, tp->loc->address);
8443 fprintf (fp, "trace *0x%s\n", tmp);
8444 }
8445
8446 if (tp->pass_count)
8447 fprintf (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
8448
8449 if (tp->actions)
8450 {
8451 fprintf (fp, " actions\n");
8452 indent = i1;
8453 for (line = tp->actions; line; line = line->next)
8454 {
8455 struct cmd_list_element *cmd;
8456
8457 QUIT; /* allow user to bail out with ^C */
8458 actionline = line->action;
8459 while (isspace ((int) *actionline))
8460 actionline++;
8461
8462 fprintf (fp, "%s%s\n", indent, actionline);
8463 if (*actionline != '#') /* skip for comment lines */
8464 {
8465 cmd = lookup_cmd (&actionline, cmdlist, "", -1, 1);
8466 if (cmd == 0)
8467 error (_("Bad action list item: %s"), actionline);
8468 if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd, while_stepping_pseudocommand))
8469 indent = i2;
8470 else if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd, end_actions_pseudocommand))
8471 indent = i1;
8472 }
8473 }
8474 }
8475 }
8476 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8477 if (from_tty)
8478 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoints saved to file '%s'.\n"), args);
8479 return;
8480 }
8481
8482 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
8483
8484 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
8485 all_tracepoints ()
8486 {
8487 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
8488 struct breakpoint *tp;
8489
8490 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
8491 {
8492 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
8493 }
8494
8495 return tp_vec;
8496 }
8497
8498 \f
8499 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
8500 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
8501 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
8502 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
8503 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
8504 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8505 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
8506 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
8507 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
8508 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
8509 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
8510 \n\
8511 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
8512 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
8513 \n\
8514 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
8515 \n\
8516 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
8517
8518 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
8519 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
8520
8521 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
8522 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
8523
8524 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
8525 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
8526 static void
8527 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
8528 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
8529 struct cmd_list_element *command),
8530 void *user_data_catch,
8531 void *user_data_tcatch)
8532 {
8533 struct cmd_list_element *command;
8534
8535 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
8536 &catch_cmdlist);
8537 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
8538 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
8539
8540 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
8541 &tcatch_cmdlist);
8542 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
8543 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
8544 }
8545
8546 void
8547 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
8548 {
8549 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
8550 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
8551 struct cmd_list_element *c;
8552
8553 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
8554
8555 breakpoint_chain = 0;
8556 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
8557 before a breakpoint is set. */
8558 breakpoint_count = 0;
8559
8560 tracepoint_count = 0;
8561
8562 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
8563 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
8564 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
8565 if (xdb_commands)
8566 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
8567
8568 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
8569 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
8570 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
8571 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
8572 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
8573 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
8574 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
8575 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
8576
8577 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
8578 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
8579 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
8580 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
8581
8582 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
8583 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
8584 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8585 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
8586 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
8587 \n"
8588 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
8589 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8590
8591 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
8592 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8593 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
8594 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
8595 \n"
8596 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
8597 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8598
8599 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
8600 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8601 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8602 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
8603 \n"
8604 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
8605 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8606
8607 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8608 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8609 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8610 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8611 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8612 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
8613 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8614 if (xdb_commands)
8615 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8616 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8617 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8618 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8619 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8620 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
8621
8622 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8623
8624 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8625 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8626 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8627 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8628 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
8629 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
8630
8631 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8632 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8633 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8634 &enablebreaklist);
8635
8636 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8637 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8638 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8639 &enablebreaklist);
8640
8641 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8642 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8643 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8644 &enablelist);
8645
8646 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8647 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8648 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8649 &enablelist);
8650
8651 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8652 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8653 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8654 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8655 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
8656 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8657 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8658 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8659 if (xdb_commands)
8660 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8661 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8662 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8663 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8664 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
8665
8666 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
8667 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8668 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8669 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8670 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
8671 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
8672 &disablelist);
8673
8674 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8675 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8676 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8677 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8678 \n\
8679 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
8680 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
8681 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
8682 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8683 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8684 if (xdb_commands)
8685 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8686 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
8687 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8688 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
8689
8690 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
8691 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8692 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8693 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8694 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
8695 &deletelist);
8696
8697 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
8698 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
8699 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8700 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
8701 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
8702 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
8703 \n\
8704 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
8705 is executing in.\n\
8706 \n\
8707 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
8708
8709 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
8710 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
8711 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
8712 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8713
8714 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
8715 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
8716 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
8717 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
8718
8719 if (xdb_commands)
8720 {
8721 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
8722 add_com_alias ("bu", "ubreak", class_breakpoint, 1);
8723 }
8724
8725 if (dbx_commands)
8726 {
8727 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
8728 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
8729 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
8730 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
8731 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
8732 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
8733 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
8734 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
8735 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8736 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8737 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8738 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8739 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8740 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8741 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8742 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8743 \n\
8744 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8745 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8746 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8747 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8748 breakpoint set."));
8749 }
8750
8751 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
8752 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8753 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8754 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8755 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8756 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8757 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8758 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8759 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8760 \n\
8761 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8762 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8763 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8764 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8765 breakpoint set."));
8766
8767 if (xdb_commands)
8768 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
8769 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8770 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8771 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8772 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8773 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8774 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8775 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8776 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8777 \n\
8778 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8779 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8780 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8781 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8782 breakpoint set."));
8783
8784 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
8785 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8786 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8787 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8788 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8789 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
8790 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
8791 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
8792 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
8793 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8794 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8795 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8796 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8797 \n\
8798 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8799 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8800 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8801 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8802 breakpoint set."),
8803 &maintenanceinfolist);
8804
8805 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
8806 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
8807 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
8808 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
8809
8810 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
8811 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
8812 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
8813 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
8814
8815 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
8816 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
8817 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
8818 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8819 catch_catch_command,
8820 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8821 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8822 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
8823 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
8824 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8825 catch_throw_command,
8826 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8827 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8828 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
8829 catch_fork_command_1,
8830 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
8831 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
8832 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
8833 catch_fork_command_1,
8834 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
8835 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
8836 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
8837 catch_exec_command_1,
8838 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8839 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8840 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
8841 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
8842 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8843 catch_ada_exception_command,
8844 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8845 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8846 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
8847 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
8848 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8849 catch_assert_command,
8850 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8851 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8852
8853 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
8854 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8855 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8856 an expression changes."));
8857 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8858
8859 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
8860 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8861 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8862 an expression is read."));
8863 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8864
8865 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
8866 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8867 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8868 an expression is either read or written."));
8869 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8870
8871 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info,
8872 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
8873
8874
8875 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
8876 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
8877 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
8878 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
8879 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8880 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8881 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
8882 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
8883 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
8884 hardware.)"),
8885 NULL,
8886 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
8887 &setlist, &showlist);
8888
8889 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
8890
8891 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
8892
8893 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
8894 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
8895 \n"
8896 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
8897 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
8898 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8899
8900 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
8901 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
8902 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
8903 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
8904
8905 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
8906 Status of tracepoints, or tracepoint number NUMBER.\n\
8907 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
8908 last tracepoint set."));
8909
8910 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
8911
8912 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
8913 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
8914 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
8915 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
8916 &deletelist);
8917
8918 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
8919 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
8920 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
8921 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
8922 &disablelist);
8923 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
8924
8925 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
8926 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
8927 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
8928 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
8929 &enablelist);
8930 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
8931
8932 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
8933 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
8934 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
8935 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
8936 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
8937
8938 c = add_com ("save-tracepoints", class_trace, tracepoint_save_command, _("\
8939 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
8940 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."));
8941 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
8942
8943 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
8944 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
8945 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
8946 pending breakpoint behavior"),
8947 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
8948 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
8949 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
8950 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
8951 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
8952 pending breakpoint behavior"),
8953 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
8954 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
8955
8956 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
8957 &pending_break_support, _("\
8958 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
8959 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
8960 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
8961 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
8962 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
8963 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
8964 NULL,
8965 show_pending_break_support,
8966 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8967 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8968
8969 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
8970
8971 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
8972 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
8973 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
8974 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
8975 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
8976 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
8977 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
8978 NULL,
8979 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
8980 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8981 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8982
8983 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
8984 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
8985 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
8986 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
8987 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
8988 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
8989 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
8990 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
8991 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
8992 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
8993 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
8994 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
8995 NULL,
8996 &show_always_inserted_mode,
8997 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8998 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8999
9000 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
9001
9002 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
9003 }
This page took 0.336571 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.